WO2024067690A1 - Communication method and device - Google Patents

Communication method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024067690A1
WO2024067690A1 PCT/CN2023/121983 CN2023121983W WO2024067690A1 WO 2024067690 A1 WO2024067690 A1 WO 2024067690A1 CN 2023121983 W CN2023121983 W CN 2023121983W WO 2024067690 A1 WO2024067690 A1 WO 2024067690A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frequency domain
power control
communication device
information
control parameters
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/121983
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘云峰
郭志恒
宋兴华
谢信乾
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024067690A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024067690A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • a component carrier in the subband full duplex (SBFD) scheme, can be divided into multiple subbands.
  • the first time unit some of the multiple subbands can be used for uplink transmission, and the other subbands can be used for downlink transmission; in the second time unit, the entire CC is used for uplink transmission, that is, all subbands are used for uplink transmission; in the third time unit, the entire CC is used for downlink transmission, that is, all subbands are used for downlink transmission.
  • the base station can configure multiple groups of power control parameters for a component carrier for the terminal device, and then indicate a specific set of power control parameters to be used by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the power of sending (or transmitting) uplink signals according to the set of power control parameters. However, since the base station only indicates one set of power control parameters to the terminal device on a component carrier, the terminal device can only use the same power control parameters within the CC range, which makes the power control parameters less flexible in the frequency domain.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus for improving the flexibility of power control parameters.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device, or can be executed by a chip system, and the chip system can realize the function of the first communication device, and the first communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a device having the function of a terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving first information from a second communication device, the first information indicating a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set including a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send a signal, and N is an integer greater than 1; according to the first power control parameter set, determining the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band.
  • the second communication device does not configure only one set of power control parameters for one CC, but indicates to the first communication device a set of power control parameters corresponding to each of the N frequency domain ranges of a sub-band (such as the first sub-band), and the power control parameters of at least two frequency domain ranges are different, so as to improve the flexibility of the indicated power control parameters.
  • the first communication device since the first communication device receives different interferences in different frequency domain ranges when sending signals in different frequency ranges of the first sub-band, different power control parameters are configured for different frequency domain ranges in the embodiment of the present application, so that the power of the transmitted signal in different frequency domain ranges of a sub-band is different, which is conducive to reducing the interference effect on the first communication device in different frequency domain ranges, thereby improving the transmission performance of the first communication device in the first sub-band.
  • the first information may include a first index corresponding to a first power control parameter set.
  • the method further includes: receiving second information from the second communication device, the second information indicating multiple first indexes and multiple power control parameter sets, wherein a first index among the multiple first indexes corresponds to a power control parameter set in the multiple power control parameter sets, a power control parameter set in the multiple power control parameter sets includes a set of power parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of the N frequency domain ranges, and the multiple power control parameter sets include the first power control parameter set.
  • the second communication device may indicate multiple possible power control parameter sets and the first indexes corresponding to the multiple possible power control parameter sets to the first communication device, and indicate the first index of a power control parameter set (such as the first power control parameter set) through the first information.
  • the second communication device can flexibly select the first power control parameter set used by the first communication device from multiple possible power control parameter sets according to actual conditions, which improves the flexibility of determining the first power control parameter set; on the other hand, the second communication device can indicate the first power control parameter set through a first index, which is conducive to reducing the number of bits occupied by the first information.
  • the second information may also indicate information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in each of the multiple power control parameter sets, so that the first communication device can directly determine the frequency range corresponding to each group of power control parameters based on the second information.
  • the frequency domain range information includes the second index of the frequency domain range; in the second, the frequency domain range information includes at least two of the starting frequency, length and ending frequency of the frequency domain range; in the third, the frequency domain range information includes the second index of the frequency domain range, and the frequency domain range information includes at least two of the starting frequency, length and ending frequency of the frequency domain range.
  • the second information may include a second index of the frequency domain range, which is beneficial to saving the number of bits occupied by the second information.
  • the second information may include at least two of the starting frequency, length and end frequency of the frequency domain range, which is beneficial to the first communication device to intuitively and quickly determine the frequency domain range.
  • the second information may include a second index of the frequency domain range, and at least two of the starting frequency, length and end frequency of the frequency domain range, which is beneficial to provide the first communication device with more comprehensive information of the frequency domain range.
  • the first communication device may receive third information from the second communication device, wherein the third information indicates N second indexes and the N frequency ranges, and a second index of the N second indexes corresponds to a frequency domain range of the N frequency ranges. In this way, the first communication device may determine the frequency domain range corresponding to a second index based on the third information.
  • the first information further includes fourth information, and the fourth information indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band. In this way, the first communication device can determine to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band according to the first information.
  • the first information may be carried in the downlink control information, and the fourth information included in the first information may be specifically carried in redundant bits in the downlink control information. In this way, the number of bits of the downlink control information will not be increased.
  • the method before determining the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to the first power control parameter set, the method further includes: determining that N is equal to the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device determines that N is equal to the number of multiple frequency domain ranges, it is equivalent to that the first communication device can directly determine a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range in the multiple frequency domain ranges. Therefore, the first communication device can directly determine the power of the signal sent in the first subband based on the first power control parameter set, which is conducive to simplifying the process of the first communication device determining the power of the sent signal.
  • the method further includes: receiving first indication information from a second communication device, the first indication information indicating information about the number of the N frequency domain ranges; and determining the N frequency domain ranges based on the information about the number of the N frequency domain ranges.
  • the first communication device can determine the N frequency domain ranges by itself according to the number of the N frequency domain ranges, providing a method for the first communication device to determine the N frequency domain ranges by itself.
  • the second communication device does not need to indicate the N frequency domain ranges to the first communication device, which is beneficial to reducing the amount of data transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the method further includes: sending capability information to the second communication device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the first communication device has the capability of using different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a sub-band.
  • the first communication device can send capability information to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can clearly determine whether the first communication device has the ability to adopt different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a sub-band, thereby avoiding the situation where the second communication device allocates a first power control parameter set to the first communication device while the first communication device is unable to use it, and is also beneficial to reduce the waste of signaling between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the second information further indicates at least one set of power control parameters, and each set of power control parameters in the at least one set of power control parameters is a set of power control parameters shared by the multiple frequency domain ranges.
  • the second information may also indicate power control parameters shared by multiple frequency domain ranges to be compatible with the current configuration mechanism of power control parameters.
  • the first power control parameter set is shared by the first subband and the second subband. It can be understood that the first power control parameter set includes N groups of power control parameters, and the N groups of power control parameters correspond to the N frequency domain ranges included in the first subband and also correspond to the N frequency domain ranges included in the second subband.
  • the first power control parameter set can be a power control parameter set shared by multiple subbands, and the second communication device does not need to indicate the power control parameter sets corresponding to the first subband and the second subband respectively. This is conducive to reducing the signaling interaction between the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by a second communication device or a chip system.
  • the chip system can realize the function of a second communication device, and the second communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a device having the function of a terminal device.
  • the method includes: determining multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band; sending first information to a first communication device, the first information indicating a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set including a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to the multiple frequency domain ranges, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the method also includes: sending second information to the first communication device, the second information indicating multiple first indexes and multiple power control parameter sets, one first index among the multiple first indexes corresponds to one power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets, and one power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets includes a set of power parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of the N frequency domain ranges; wherein the first information includes a first index corresponding to the first power control parameter set, and the multiple power control parameter sets include the first power control parameter set.
  • the second information further indicates information about a frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in each power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets.
  • the information of the frequency domain range includes a second index of the frequency domain range; and/or the information of the frequency domain range includes at least two of a starting frequency, a length, and an ending frequency of the frequency domain range.
  • the method further includes: sending third information to the first communication device, the third information indicating N second indexes and the N frequency ranges, a second index of the N second indexes corresponding to a frequency domain range of the N frequency ranges.
  • the first information includes fourth information, where the fourth information indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
  • the first information is carried in downlink control information
  • the fourth information is carried in redundant bits of the downlink control information.
  • the method further includes: receiving capability information from the first communication device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the first communication device has the capability of using different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a sub-band.
  • the second information further indicates at least one set of power control parameters, and each set of power control parameters in the at least one set of power control parameters is a set of power control parameters shared by the multiple frequency domain ranges.
  • determining the multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band includes: determining the multiple frequency domain ranges according to a length of the first sub-band and the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • a method for a second communication device to determine multiple frequency domain ranges is provided.
  • the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first communication device, where the first indication information indicates information about the number of the N frequency domain ranges.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device, or can be executed by a chip system, and the chip system can realize the function of the first communication device, and the first communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a device having the function of a terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving first information from a second communication device, the first information indicating a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set including a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send signals, and N is an integer greater than 1; according to a set of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set, determine the power of sending signals on the first sub-band.
  • the second communication device may indicate the power control parameters (equivalent to N groups of power control parameters) corresponding to N frequency domain ranges to the first communication device, and the first communication device may select a group of power control parameters from the N groups of power control parameters to determine the power of the transmitted signal, which is conducive to improving the flexibility of determining the power control parameters.
  • the group of power control parameters selected by the first communication device each time may be different, thereby increasing the randomness of the power of the determined transmitted signal, which is also conducive to improving the anti-interference ability of the first communication device to a certain extent, so as to improve the transmission performance of the first communication device.
  • the method further includes: determining that N is smaller than the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device, or can be executed by a chip system, and the chip system can implement the functions of the first communication device, and the first communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a device having the functions of a terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving first information from a second communication device, the first information indicating a first power control parameter
  • the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges.
  • the first sub-band is used to send signals, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the first power control parameter set is used to determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band.
  • the method further includes: determining the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to a set of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set; or determining the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to the first power control parameter set.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the first communication device in the first aspect above, or an electronic device (e.g., a chip system) configured in the first communication device, or a larger device including the first communication device.
  • the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for executing the first aspect or any possible implementation method above.
  • the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also referred to as a processing unit), and a transceiver module (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver unit).
  • the transceiver module is used to receive first information from a second communication device, the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in a first sub-band, there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges of the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send signals, and N is an integer greater than 1; the processing module is used to determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to the first power control parameter set.
  • the communication device includes a storage unit, and the processing unit can be coupled to the storage unit and execute a program or instruction in the storage unit to enable the communication device to perform the function of the above-mentioned first communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the second communication device in the second aspect above, or an electronic device (e.g., a chip system) configured in the second communication device, or a larger device including the second communication device.
  • the communication device includes corresponding means (means) or modules for executing the second aspect above or any possible implementation.
  • the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also referred to as a processing unit), and a transceiver module (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver unit).
  • the processing module is used to determine multiple frequency domain ranges of the first subband; the transceiver module is used to send first information to the first communication device, the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to the multiple frequency domain ranges, there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges among the multiple frequency domain ranges, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the communication device includes a storage unit, and the processing unit can be coupled to the storage unit and execute a program or instruction in the storage unit to enable the communication device to perform the function of the second communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the first communication device in the third aspect above, or an electronic device (e.g., a chip system) configured in the first communication device, or a larger device including the first communication device.
  • the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for executing the third aspect or any possible implementation method.
  • the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also referred to as a processing unit), and a transceiver module (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver unit).
  • the transceiver module is used to receive first information from a second communication device, the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in a first sub-band, there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges of the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send signals, and N is an integer greater than 1; the processing module is used to determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameter sets in the first power control parameter set.
  • the communication device includes a storage unit, and the processing unit can be coupled to the storage unit and execute a program or instruction in the storage unit to enable the communication device to perform the function of the above-mentioned first communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the first communication device in the fourth aspect above, or an electronic device (e.g., a chip system) configured in the first communication device, or a larger device including the first communication device.
  • the communication device includes corresponding means or modules for executing the fourth aspect or any possible implementation method.
  • the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also referred to as a processing unit), and a transceiver module (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver unit).
  • the transceiver module is used to receive first information from the second communication device under the control of the processing module, the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, and the first power control parameter set includes a set of parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges.
  • power control parameters, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send signals, N is an integer greater than 1, and the first power control parameter set is used to determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band.
  • the communication device includes a storage unit, and the processing unit can be coupled to the storage unit and execute a program or instruction in the storage unit to enable the communication device to perform the function of the above-mentioned first communication device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system comprising: a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is used to call and run instructions from the communication interface, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects is implemented.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes any communication device in the seventh aspect and any communication device in the eighth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store one or more computer programs, and the one or more computer programs include computer execution instructions.
  • the processor executes the one or more computer programs stored in the memory, so that the communication device performs the communication method as described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes other components, such as an antenna, an input/output module, an interface, etc.
  • these components may be hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer-readable storage medium When executed, it implements the communication method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, implements the communication method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a resource structure occupied by a downlink and an uplink under a time division duplex technology
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a resource structure occupied by a downlink and an uplink under the SBFD technology
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of power component distribution in multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating multiple resource block groups for this uplink transmission
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating multiple resource block groups for uplink transmission provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • 11 to 16 are schematic diagrams of the structures of several communication devices provided in embodiments of the present application.
  • a terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver functions, which can be a fixed device, a mobile device, a handheld device, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wireless device built into the above device (for example, a communication module or a chip system, etc.).
  • the terminal device is used to connect people, objects, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, such as but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (D2D), vehicle to everything (V2X), machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control, self driving, remote medical, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart
  • the terminal device can be used in scenarios such as wearables, smart transportation, smart cities, drones, robots, etc.
  • the terminal device may sometimes be referred to as user equipment (UE), terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication device, or user device, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • the terminal device is UE as an example in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Network equipment such as access network (AN) equipment (also known as access network elements), and/or core network equipment (also known as core network elements).
  • AN access network
  • core network elements also known as core network elements
  • the access network device is a device with wireless transceiver function, which is used to communicate with the UE.
  • the access network network elements include but are not limited to base stations (BTS, Node B, eNodeB/eNB, or gNodeB/gNB) in the above-mentioned communication system, transceiver points (t(R)ANsmission reception point, TRP), base stations of subsequent evolution of 3GPP, access nodes in wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc.
  • the base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a micro-micro base station, a small station, a relay station, etc.
  • the base station can include one or more co-sited or non-co-sited transmission and receiving points.
  • the network device can also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), which can also be called a convergence unit, and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in the cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, C(R)AN) scenario.
  • the network device may also be a drone, satellite, terminal, server, wearable device, or vehicle-mounted device that performs the function of a network device in D2D communication and M2M communication.
  • the network device in vehicle to everything (V2X) technology may be a road side unit (RSU).
  • RSU road side unit
  • the multiple network devices in the communication system may be base stations of the same type or different types.
  • the base station may communicate with the UE or communicate with the UE through a relay station.
  • the UE may communicate with multiple base stations in different access technologies.
  • the core network element is used to implement at least one of the functions of mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and billing.
  • the names of the devices that implement the core network functions in systems with different access technologies may be different, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the core network element includes: access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (SMF) or user plane function (UPF), etc.
  • Time unit used to indicate time domain resources, such as time slot, mini-slot (or mini-slot) or symbol, etc. If the time unit is a time slot, then one time unit may include one or more time slots; if the time unit is a mini-slot, then one time unit may include one or more mini-slots; if the time unit is a symbol, then one time unit may include one or more symbols.
  • the number of nouns means “singular noun or plural noun", that is, “one or more”.
  • At least one means one or more
  • plural means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist.
  • a and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character "/” generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • A/B means: A or B.
  • “At least one of the following items” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items or plural items.
  • At least one of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects.
  • first information and “second information” in the embodiments of the present application are not used to limit the differences in the transmission order, priority or importance of the two information.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the resource structure occupied by the downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) under a time division duplexing (TDD) technology.
  • UL is used to implement uplink transmission
  • DL is used to implement downlink transmission.
  • Figure 1 takes the frequency domain resource as a component carrier (CC) as an example, and a CC is, for example, a continuous frequency domain resource.
  • CC component carrier
  • the time domain resources corresponding to a CC occupied by DL are more than the time domain resources corresponding to a CC occupied by UL.
  • downlink transmission occupies more time domain resources in a CC than uplink transmission in a CC.
  • the horizontal axis t in Figure 1 represents the time domain resources
  • the vertical axis F represents the frequency domain resources.
  • UL compared with DL, UL has fewer available time domain resources, poorer coverage, and longer delay.
  • UL and DL are relative.
  • the communication link from the network device to the terminal device is considered DL
  • the communication link from the terminal device to the network device can be considered UL.
  • uplink transmission and downlink transmission are also relative.
  • the transmission from the network device to the terminal device can be considered downlink transmission
  • the transmission from the terminal device to the network device can be considered uplink transmission.
  • SBFD Band-Differential Frequency Division Duplex
  • the frequency domain resources of a CC can be divided into For example, in the first time unit, a part of the subbands in the multiple subbands can be used for uplink transmission, and another part of the subbands can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first time unit can be called an SBFD time unit; in the second time unit, the entire CC is used for uplink transmission, that is, all subbands are used for uplink transmission.
  • the second time unit can be called an UL time unit or an uplink time unit.
  • the third time unit can be called a DL time unit or a downlink time unit.
  • the UL time unit all subbands are used for uplink transmission.
  • the SBFD time unit a part of the subbands in the multiple subbands can be used for uplink transmission, and another part of the subbands can be used for downlink transmission, so that uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be completed on the same time domain resources. Since the time domain resources occupied by UL are increased in the SBFD system, the delay of UL can be reduced and the coverage of UL can be enhanced.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the resource structure occupied by DL and UL under the SBFD technology.
  • Figure 2 takes the frequency domain resource as one CC as an example.
  • a CC can be divided into multiple subbands.
  • a CC including three subbands namely, subband 0, subband 1 and subband 2 is taken as an example. Among them, there is no overlap in the frequency domain of subband 0, subband 1 and subband 2.
  • UL occupies subband 1.
  • subband 1 is used for uplink transmission.
  • the subband used for uplink transmission can also be called uplink subband or UL subband.
  • DL occupies subband 0 and subband 2.
  • subband 0 and subband 2 are used for downlink transmission.
  • the subband used for downlink transmission can also be called downlink subband or DL subband.
  • the UL in FIG2 occupies more time domain resources, due to the reduction of the delay of uplink transmission.
  • the horizontal axis t in FIG2 represents the time domain resources
  • the vertical axis F represents the frequency domain resources.
  • FIG2 also illustrates the UL time unit, and the CCs corresponding to the UL time unit can all be used for uplink transmission.
  • the CLI includes CLI between terminal devices (such as between UEs (UE-UE)) and CLI between cells (cell-cell).
  • the CLI between UEs includes the interference caused by the uplink transmission of a UE (such as UE0) in the same network device/cell to the downlink transmission of another UE (such as UE1), and the interference caused by the uplink transmission corresponding to a UE (such as UE0) of a network device (such as network device 0) or a cell (such as cell 0) to the downlink transmission corresponding to another network device (such as network device 1) or a UE (such as UE2) in a cell (such as cell 1).
  • the CLI between cells includes the interference caused by the downlink transmission corresponding to a network device to the uplink transmission corresponding to another network device. It can be understood that a network device serves users in a cell. Among them, a network device may include one or more cells, or a network device may be replaced by a cell.
  • the CLI is introduced below in conjunction with the scenario diagram shown in Figure 3.
  • the terminal device is taken as a UE for example.
  • the scenario includes network device 0, network device 1, UE0, UE1, UE2 and UE3.
  • network device 0 serves UE0 and UE1
  • network device 1 serves UE2 and UE3.
  • Uplink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward network device 0 in FIG3 ) and downlink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward UE0 in FIG3 ) can be performed between network device 0 and UE0
  • uplink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward network device 0 in FIG3 ) and downlink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward UE1 in FIG3 ) can be performed between network device 0 and UE1.
  • Uplink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward network device 1 in FIG3 ) and downlink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward UE2 in FIG3 ) can be performed between network device 1 and UE2.
  • Uplink transmission (illustrated by a line with an arrow pointing toward the network device 1 in FIG. 3 ) and downlink transmission (illustrated by a line with an arrow pointing toward the UE 3 in FIG. 3 ) can be performed between the network device 1 and the UE 3 .
  • the interference of UE1's uplink transmission on UE0's downlink transmission belongs to the UE-UE CLI within the cell.
  • the interference of UE2's uplink transmission on UE1's downlink transmission belongs to the UE-UE CLI between cells.
  • the interference of network device 0's downlink transmission on network device 1's uplink transmission belongs to cell-cell CLI.
  • the network device can configure multiple groups of power control parameters for the terminal device on a CC, and then indicate a specific group of power control parameters to be used by the terminal device, namely, the CC-level power control parameters.
  • the terminal device determines the power of the signal sent by the terminal device on the subband on the CC according to the group of power control parameters.
  • the power of the signal sent can be called the transmission (or transmit) power. In this way, increasing the transmission power of the terminal device at the CC level can reduce the impact of cell-cell CLI on the uplink transmission of the terminal device to a certain extent.
  • the terminal device determines the transmission power according to the CC-level power control parameters, which may still not meet the needs of uplink transmission.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, in which a second communication device can indicate to a first communication device
  • the first power control parameter set includes N groups of power control parameters, one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters corresponds to one frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges included in a subband (such as the first subband), which is equivalent to allocating the power control parameter set with the frequency domain range of a subband as the granularity, so it is conducive to improving the flexibility of indicating the power control parameters, and at least two groups of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set are different, so the flexibility of indicating the power control parameters can also be improved.
  • the second communication device indicates the power control parameters corresponding to different frequency domain ranges to the first communication device, so that the first communication device determines the transmission power in different frequency domain ranges according to the power control parameters corresponding to different frequency domain ranges. It may also be different, and the transmission power of the first communication device in different frequency domain ranges is different, which is conducive to reducing the influence of interference (such as including cell-cell CLI) on the transmission of the first communication device in the frequency domain range, and is also conducive to improving the transmission performance.
  • the communication method in the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to a fifth generation communication system, a beyond fifth generation (beyond 5th generation, beyond 5G) communication system, a sixth generation ( 6th generation, 6G) communication system or other future evolved communication systems, or other various wireless communication systems, etc., and the embodiments of the present application do not make specific limitations on this.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 can also be understood as a scenario schematic diagram.
  • the communication system includes a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the number of first communication devices is 2 and the number of second communication devices is 1 for example, and the number of first communication devices and second communication devices is not actually limited.
  • Any first communication device and the second communication device can communicate with each other. Transmission from any first communication device to the second communication device can be regarded as uplink transmission, and transmission from the second communication device to any first communication device can be regarded as downlink transmission.
  • any first communication device is, for example, a terminal device, and the implementation of the terminal device can refer to the above text.
  • the second communication device is, for example, a network device, and the implementation of the network device can refer to the above text.
  • any first communication device may be, for example, UE0 or UE1 in Figure 3, and the second communication device may be network device 0 in Figure 3; or, any first communication device may be, for example, UE2 or UE3 in Figure 3, and the second communication device may be network device 1 in Figure 3.
  • the second communication device may support SBFD technology.
  • the second communication device may perform uplink transmission on a part of the multiple subbands corresponding to the first time unit (also referred to as the SBFD time unit), and perform downlink transmission on another part of the subbands.
  • the second communication device may perform uplink transmission on the entire CC corresponding to the second time unit (also referred to as the UL time unit), that is, all subbands corresponding to the second time unit are used for uplink transmission, and the second communication device may perform downlink transmission on the entire CC corresponding to the third time unit, that is, all subbands corresponding to the third time unit are used for downlink transmission.
  • the second communication device can also be regarded as a SBFD device.
  • the first communication device may support SBFD technology, and the meaning of supporting SBFD technology can refer to the content in the previous text.
  • SBFD technology can refer to the content in the previous text.
  • the first communication device can also be regarded as a SBFD device.
  • the first communication device described in the various embodiments of the present application is, for example, any first communication device in FIG. 4, and the second communication device is, for example, the second communication device in FIG. 4.
  • Figure 5 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the flow chart includes the following steps.
  • a second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band.
  • the first subband may be a subband in a CC (such as the first CC), and the first subband may be, for example, a subband under the SBFD technology.
  • the first subband may be used for uplink transmission, in other words, the first subband may be used to send an uplink signal.
  • the uplink signal may be carried on, for example, a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) of the uplink signal.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the first subband may include multiple frequency ranges (frequency range, or frequency area), which may also be referred to as frequency ranges.
  • One of the multiple frequency ranges may be a continuous frequency, for example, a frequency range is [4.8 GHz (gigahertz), 4.9 GHz], or may be expressed as 4.8 GHz-4.9 GHz.
  • the first subband includes multiple physical resource blocks (physical resource block groups, PRBs), in which case each of the multiple frequency ranges may include at least one PRB. Among them, PRBs may also be referred to as RBs.
  • any two frequency domain ranges There is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband.
  • the fact that there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges can be understood as the frequency domain range where any two frequency domain ranges overlap is 0.
  • any two frequency domain ranges do not include the same PRB.
  • the two continuous frequency domain ranges can be understood as the end frequency of one frequency domain range being the start (start) frequency of another frequency domain range.
  • the start frequency of the frequency domain range can also be the start frequency of the one frequency domain range.
  • the minimum frequency in the frequency domain range, and the end frequency of the frequency domain range can be the maximum frequency in the frequency domain range.
  • any two frequency domain ranges of the multiple frequency domain ranges are discontinuous.
  • the two frequency domain ranges being discontinuous can be understood as the end frequency of one frequency domain range is not the start frequency of another frequency domain range.
  • the first sub-band is specifically [4.84 GHz, 4.86 GHz], and the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band may be frequency domain range 1 and frequency domain range 2. If frequency domain range 1 is [4.84 GHz, 4.85 GHz], and frequency domain range 2 is [4.85 GHz, 4.86 GHz], then frequency range 1 and frequency range 2 may be considered continuous. If frequency domain range 1 is [4.84 GHz, 4.849 GHz], and frequency domain range 2 is [4.85 GHz, 4.86 GHz], then frequency range 1 and frequency range 2 may be considered discontinuous.
  • the index of the PRB included in the first subband is specifically from 11 to 30, and the frequency domain range contained in the first subband can be specifically continuous, that is, the frequency domain range of the PRB corresponding to the adjacent PRB index is continuous.
  • the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband may be frequency domain range 1 and frequency domain range 2. If frequency domain range 1 includes PRB#11-PRB#20, where PRB#x can be understood as the index of the PRB is x, and frequency domain range 2 includes PRB#21-PRB#30, then frequency range 1 and frequency range 2 can be regarded as continuous. If frequency domain range 1 includes PRB#11-PRB#20, and frequency domain range 2 includes PRB#23-PRB#30, then frequency range 1 and frequency range 2 can be regarded as discontinuous.
  • the multiple frequency domain ranges are all multiple frequency domain ranges with the same length, or there are at least two frequency domain ranges with different lengths in the multiple frequency domain ranges.
  • the length of the frequency domain range can also be called the bandwidth of the frequency domain range.
  • the length of the frequency domain range can be the difference between the starting frequency and the ending frequency of the frequency domain range. For example, if one of the multiple frequency domain ranges is [4.84GHz, 4.85GHz], then the length of the frequency domain range is 0.01GHz.
  • Method 1 The second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band through a protocol.
  • the protocol may be configured with the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the second communication device determines the multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band based on the number of frequency domain ranges and the frequency domain range of the first sub-band.
  • the second communication device may determine a plurality of frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band according to the bandwidth (or length) of the first sub-band and the number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • a first sub-method under the second method the number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band can be determined by the second communication device from the first corresponding relationship according to the bandwidth of the first sub-band.
  • the first correspondence relationship includes a correspondence relationship between different bandwidth intervals of the subband and different numbers of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband.
  • the first correspondence relationship may be a protocol configuration in the second communication device.
  • the specific form of the first correspondence relationship may be a table.
  • the first correspondence relationship may also be called a frequency domain range configuration table.
  • the second communication device can determine the bandwidth interval to which the first sub-band belongs in the first correspondence relationship based on the bandwidth of the first sub-band, and determine the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band from the first correspondence relationship, and determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band based on the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band and the bandwidth of the first sub-band.
  • the number of multiple frequency domain ranges of the sub-band is 2; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 20 MHz and less than or equal to 40 MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges of the sub-band is 4; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 40 MHz and less than or equal to 80 MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges of the sub-band is 8; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 80 MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges of the sub-band is 16.
  • the second communication device can determine that the bandwidth of the first sub-band is 20 MHz, so the second communication device can determine that the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band is 2. Accordingly, the second communication device can determine The multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band are specifically: two frequency domain ranges: [4.8 GHz, 4.81 GHz] and [4.81 GHz, 4.82 GHz].
  • the second communication device can determine a number from multiple numbers of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first subband as the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband. For example, the second communication device can determine a number from multiple numbers.
  • the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band may be 2 or 4; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 20MHz and less than or equal to 40MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band may be 4 or 8; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 40MHz and less than or equal to 80MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band may be 8 or 16; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 80MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band may be 16 or 32.
  • the second sub-mode under mode 2 The number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band can be determined by the second communication device from a second corresponding relationship according to the bandwidth of the first sub-band.
  • the second corresponding relationship includes a correspondence between the number intervals of different PRBs of the sub-band and the different numbers of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band.
  • the second corresponding relationship may be a protocol configuration in the second communication device.
  • the specific form of the second corresponding relationship may be a table.
  • the second communication device can determine the number interval of PRBs to which the first subband belongs in the second correspondence based on the number of PRBs included in the first subband, and determine the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first subband from the second correspondence, and determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband based on the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first subband and the bandwidth of the first subband.
  • the first sub-band includes 100 PRBs
  • the second communication device may determine that the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band is 8. Accordingly, the second communication device may determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the above is an example of a value of the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in a number interval of PRBs of a sub-band in the second corresponding relationship. It is possible that a number interval of PRBs of a sub-band in the second corresponding relationship corresponds to multiple values of the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band. In this case, the second communication device can determine a number from multiple numbers corresponding to a number interval of PRBs of the first sub-band as the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the manner in which the second communication device can determine a quantity from multiple quantities can refer to the content discussed above.
  • the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband can be 2 or 4; when the number of PRBs of a subband is between 24-72, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband can be 4 or 8; when the number of PRBs of the first subband is between 73-144, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband can be 8 or 16; when the number of PRBs of the first subband is between 145-275, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband can be 16 or 32.
  • the second communication device may determine that the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band is 8 or 16, and the second communication device may determine the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band from 8 or 16. For example, if the second communication device determines that the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band is 8, correspondingly, the second communication device may determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the second communication device can determine that the number of PRBs included in the first Q-1 frequency domain ranges of the multiple (that is, Q) frequency domain ranges is The number of PRBs included in the Qth frequency domain range is in Indicates rounding down.
  • the protocol can indirectly configure multiple frequency domain ranges, so that the second communication device determines the multiple frequency domain ranges in a relatively direct manner with a certain degree of flexibility.
  • the second communication device may determine multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band by itself.
  • the second communication device may determine multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band according to a communication scenario.
  • the number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band is determined to be a first number.
  • the second communication device divides the first sub-band according to the first number to obtain multiple frequency domain ranges that meet the first number.
  • the first number is an integer greater than 1.
  • the second communication device determines that the communication scenario between the second communication device and the first communication device belongs to the second type of communication scenario, and then determines that the number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band is the second number.
  • the second communication device divides the first sub-band according to the second number, thereby obtaining a plurality of frequency domain ranges that meet the second number.
  • the second number is an integer greater than 1.
  • the second number may be less than the first number.
  • the first type of communication scenario is, for example, a communication scenario requiring a transmission performance greater than a first threshold, such as enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low latency communication (URLLC) or enhanced evolved machine type communications (eMTC).
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable low latency communication
  • eMTC enhanced evolved machine type communications
  • the second type of communication scenario is, for example, a communication scenario requiring a transmission performance less than the first threshold.
  • the second communication device can determine multiple frequency domain ranges by itself, which is conducive to improving the flexibility of dividing multiple frequency domain ranges.
  • the first sub-band can be divided into a larger number of frequency domain ranges, which is conducive to more fine division of the frequency domain range on the first sub-band.
  • the above-mentioned methods 1, 2 and 3 are examples of the methods for the second communication device to determine multiple frequency ranges. In fact, there may be many ways for the second communication device to determine multiple frequency ranges, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
  • the maximum frequency of the yth frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range.
  • the maximum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the multiple frequency domain ranges may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the yth frequency domain range, where the value of y is less than the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
  • the second communication device can determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in any sub-band included in the first CC according to any of the above methods.
  • the first CC includes a first subband and a second subband, both of which are uplink subbands, and the frequency domains of the first subband and the second subband may be discontinuous.
  • the second communication device may respectively determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband and the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the second subband, wherein the method for determining the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the second subband may refer to the content of determining the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband in the previous text.
  • the maximum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the yth frequency domain range.
  • the maximum frequency of the yth frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the second subband may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range, and the value of y may refer to the previous text.
  • the maximum frequency of the yth frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range.
  • the maximum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the second sub-band may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the yth frequency domain range, and the value of y may refer to the above text.
  • one CC includes subband 0, subband 1, and subband 2, with subband 0 or subband 2 being an example of the first subband, the maximum frequency of subband 0 is less than or equal to the minimum frequency of subband 1, and the minimum frequency of subband 2 is greater than or equal to the maximum frequency of subband 1.
  • Subband 0 and subband 2 may be, for example, uplink subbands, and subband 1 is a downlink subband.
  • the second communication device may determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in sub-band 0 and sub-band 2 in any manner.
  • the maximum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in sub-band 0 may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the yth frequency domain range.
  • the maximum frequency of the yth frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in sub-band 1 may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range, and the value of y may refer to the above.
  • the second communication device sends first information to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives the first information from the second communication device.
  • the first information may indicate a first power control parameter set.
  • the first information may be carried in a first signaling or downlink control information (DCI).
  • the second communication device sends the first signaling to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives the first information from the second communication device, which is equivalent to the first communication device receiving the first information.
  • the first signaling is, for example, high-level signaling or proprietary signaling, and the high-level signaling is, for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the first information may indicate the first power control parameter set through field 1 in the DCI.
  • field 1 is used to indicate the first power control parameter set.
  • Field 1 may also be referred to as a second field, and field 1 is, for example, a sounding reference signal resource index (SRI) field in the DCI.
  • SRI sounding reference signal resource index
  • the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges, that is, the first power control parameter set includes N groups of power control parameters.
  • N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the N groups of power control parameters are used to determine the power control parameters used by the N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters used by the N frequency domain ranges can be used to determine the power of sending signals on the first subband, or simply referred to as the sending (or transmitting) power.
  • the first subband is used to send uplink signals, and accordingly, the N groups of power control parameters are used to determine the power of sending uplink signals on the first subband.
  • One set of power control parameters in the N sets of power control parameters corresponds to one frequency range in the N frequency domain ranges.
  • the N frequency domain ranges belong to the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the N frequency domain ranges are subsets of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. Accordingly, N may be less than or equal to the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • Each of the N groups of power control parameters may include one or more parameters.
  • each group of power control parameters includes a value of a target received power offset value P 0 and/or a value of a path loss compensation factor ⁇ (alpha).
  • the second communication device may indicate to the first communication device the target received power on each PRB on the first sub-band, wherein the target received power on any two PRBs on the first sub-band may be the same.
  • the second communication device may indicate the target received power on each PRB on the first subband to the first communication device through high-layer signaling.
  • the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges included in the first power control parameter set are different.
  • the difference between the two groups of power control parameters can be understood as the difference between the parameters included in one group of power control parameters and the parameters included in another group of power control parameters.
  • the difference between the two groups of power control parameters can specifically include that the parameters included in one group of power control parameters and the parameters included in another group of power control parameters have at least one different parameter.
  • N groups of power control parameters include 3 groups of power control parameters (specifically including a first group of power control parameters, a second group of power control parameters and a third group of power control parameters).
  • the following introduces the manner in which the first information indicates the first power control parameter set.
  • the first information includes a first index of a first power control parameter set.
  • the first index is used to indicate the first power control parameter set.
  • the first communication device may include second information, the second information indicating multiple first indexes and multiple power control parameter sets. Among them, one of the multiple first indexes corresponds to a power control parameter set in multiple power control parameter sets.
  • the multiple power control parameter sets include the first power control parameter set.
  • the second communication device indicates the first index of the first power control parameter set to the first communication device, and the first communication device can also determine the first power control parameter set according to the first index of the first power control parameter set.
  • the second information may be configured by protocol in the first communication device and the second communication device, or may be received by the first communication device from the second communication device.
  • the first subband is used to transmit an uplink signal carried on PUSCH
  • the first index may be, for example, a physical uplink shared channel power control identifier (sri-PUSCH-PowerControl Id).
  • the first communication device may determine the N frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band by itself.
  • the first communication device may adopt the aforementioned method 1 to determine N frequency domain ranges.
  • the first communication device may determine N frequency domain ranges using the first sub-method under the aforementioned method 2.
  • the first communication device may determine N frequency domain ranges using the second sub-method under the aforementioned method 2.
  • the above is an example of how the first communication device determines N frequency domain ranges.
  • the first communication device determines N frequency domain ranges.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
  • the first communication device may also receive information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in N groups of power control parameters in each power control parameter set of multiple power control parameter sets from the second communication device.
  • the following is an introduction taking the information about the frequency domain range corresponding to one group of power control parameters in N groups of power control parameters as an example.
  • the frequency domain range corresponding to a group of power control parameters in N groups of power control parameters is referred to as the first frequency domain range
  • the information of the frequency domain range corresponding to a group of power control parameters in N groups of power control parameters is referred to as the information of the first frequency domain range.
  • the information of the first frequency domain range includes a second index of the first frequency domain range.
  • the first communication device may include third information indicating N second indexes and N frequency domain ranges.
  • One second index among the N second indexes corresponds to one frequency domain range among the N frequency domain ranges.
  • the first communication device may determine the first frequency domain range according to the second index corresponding to the first frequency domain range and the third information.
  • the second information indicates two power control parameter sets (specifically, power control parameter set 1 and power control parameter set 2 shown in Table 1).
  • the first communication device determines that the first power control parameter set is power control parameter set 1 in Table 1 above.
  • Example (2) The information of the first frequency domain range includes at least two of the starting frequency, length and ending frequency of the first frequency domain range.
  • the first communication device may determine the first frequency domain range based on at least two of a starting frequency, a length, and an ending frequency of the first frequency domain range.
  • the second communication device can flexibly determine the first power control parameter from a plurality of power control parameter sets and notify the first communication device of the first power control parameter set.
  • the first information includes the first index of the first power control parameter instead of the first power control parameter, which is conducive to reducing the number of bits occupied by the first information.
  • Example (3) the information of the first frequency domain range includes a bitmap, and the bitmap indicates the first frequency domain range.
  • the first communication device may determine the first frequency domain range according to a bit map corresponding to the first frequency domain range.
  • the information of the first frequency domain range includes the identifier (ID) of the starting PRB of the first frequency domain range, the number of PRBs included and at least two of the end PRB ID.
  • the identifier can also be called an index.
  • the first information includes a first power control parameter.
  • the first information directly carries the first power control parameter, that is, the first information directly carries N groups of power control parameters.
  • the first information may further include information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters.
  • the content of the frequency domain range information may refer to the content in the foregoing text.
  • a value of a group of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges is related to interference suffered by the frequency domain range.
  • a set of power control parameters for a certain frequency domain range is positively correlated with the interference received by the frequency domain range.
  • the greater the interference received by a certain frequency domain range the larger the set of power control parameters for the frequency domain range; and the smaller the interference received by a certain frequency domain range, the smaller the set of power control parameters for the frequency domain range.
  • the interference received in frequency domain range 1 is greater than the interference received in frequency domain range 2
  • the power calculated according to a set of power control parameters corresponding to frequency domain range 1 may be greater than the power calculated according to a set of power control parameters corresponding to frequency domain range 2.
  • the interference includes CLI.
  • the first information may also be used to indicate a second power control parameter set for the second subband, where the second power control parameter set includes a power control parameter set corresponding to each frequency domain range of the N frequency domain ranges included in the second subband.
  • the N groups of power control parameters included in the first power control parameter set also correspond to the N frequency domain ranges included in the second sub-band, wherein a group of power control parameters corresponds to one frequency domain range in the second sub-band.
  • the N frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band and the N frequency domain ranges of the second sub-band both correspond to the first power control parameter set. It can be further understood that the first sub-band and the second sub-band both share the first power control parameter set.
  • one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters included in the first power control parameter set is a group of power control parameters for one frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band
  • one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters is a group of power control parameters for one frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges included in the second sub-band.
  • the first subband includes frequency domain range 1, frequency domain range 2 and frequency domain range 3, the second subband includes frequency domain ranges 4, 5 and 6, and the first power control parameter set includes a first group of power control parameters, a second group of power control parameters and a third group of power control parameters.
  • the frequency domain range 1 of the first subband and the frequency domain range 4 of the second subband can correspond to the first group of power control parameters;
  • the frequency domain range 2 of the first subband and the frequency domain range 5 of the second subband can correspond to the second group of power control parameters;
  • the frequency domain range 3 of the first subband and the frequency domain range 6 of the second subband can correspond to the third group of power control parameters.
  • the first communication device determines the power of sending signals on the first sub-band according to the first power control parameter set.
  • the power of sending signals on the first sub-band is referred to as transmission power, which may also be referred to as transmit power.
  • the first communication device can determine the power component corresponding to each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges according to the N groups of power control parameters, which is equivalent to determining the power components corresponding to the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and obtaining N power components.
  • the first communication device sums the N power components to obtain the summed result of the N power components, and obtains the power of the first communication device to send the signal on the first sub-band according to the summed result of the N power components and other power adjustment amounts.
  • the terminal device sends the s signal on the uplink BWP b activated in the carrier f included in the activated service cell c, where:
  • P s,b,f,c (i,j,q d ,l) represents the transmit power
  • PCMAX,f,c (i) represents the maximum transmit power of the first communication device on the carrier f included in the service cell c at the transmission opportunity i
  • PN represents the sum of multiple power components, and the unit is dBm
  • j represents the first index of the first power control parameter set
  • qd represents the index of the reference signal corresponding to the path loss value
  • l is the index of the power control adjustment state
  • ⁇ TF ,b,f,c (i) is the power bias value determined by different MCS levels
  • fb,f,c (i,l) is the closed-loop power control part, which can also be understood as the adjustment amount of the transmit power
  • c can be represented as the service cell c served by the first communication device, and the service cell c is the cell of the second communication device
  • f represents the carrier corresponding to the first subband
  • b represents the BWP where the
  • Pn represents a power component corresponding to each frequency domain range in the multiple frequency domain ranges, in dBm, and K represents the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges.
  • ⁇ in represents the sum of p0 and the target received power in the nth frequency range among the multiple frequency ranges
  • ⁇ in the nth frequency range represents the number of resource blocks (RBs) included in the nth frequency range scheduling
  • ⁇ f represents the subcarrier spacing (SCS) of the first subband
  • can be determined according to the SCS of the first subband.
  • the SCS of the first sub-band is 15kHz, then the value of ⁇ is 0; if the SCS of the first sub-band is 30kHz, then the value of ⁇ is 1; if the SCS of the first sub-band is 60kHz, then the value of ⁇ is 2; if the SCS of the first sub-band is 120kHz, then the value of ⁇ is 3; if the SCS of the first sub-band is 240kHz, then the value of ⁇ is 4.
  • the first communication device has not yet determined the power control parameters of other frequency domain ranges.
  • Other frequency domain ranges refer to frequency domain ranges other than the N frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the first communication device may determine any one of the N groups of power control parameters as the power control parameters of other frequency domain ranges, which is equivalent to the first communication device obtaining multiple groups of power control parameters, and one group of power control parameters in the multiple groups of power control parameters corresponds to one frequency domain range in the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the first communication device may determine the power of the signal sent by the first communication device on the first sub-band based on the multiple groups of power control parameters.
  • the content of determining the power of the signal sent by the first communication device on the first sub-band can refer to the content of the previous text.
  • the first communication device may determine the power headroom of the first communication device according to the maximum power and the power of the signal sent on the first sub-band.
  • PH type1,b,f,c (i,j,q d ,l) PCMAX,f,c (i)-Ps ,b,f,c (i,j,q d ,l) (4)
  • PH type1,b,f,c (i,j,q d ,l) represents the power margin.
  • Figure 6 provides a schematic diagram of the distribution of power components of multiple frequency ranges of a sub-band for an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first sub-band is sub-band 2, and sub-band 2 is used for uplink transmission, sub-band 1 is used for downlink transmission, and sub-band 2 includes frequency domain range a, frequency domain range b, and frequency domain range c as an example.
  • the first communication device determines, according to the first power control parameter set, the power component corresponding to the frequency domain range a, the power component corresponding to the frequency domain range b, and the power component corresponding to the frequency domain range c in descending order. Since the frequency domain range a is closer to sub-band 1, if the power component corresponding to the frequency domain range a is larger, then the transmission performance of the first communication device in the frequency domain range a can be improved.
  • the first communication device may determine the power of the signal sent on the second subband.
  • the manner in which the first communication device determines the power of the signal sent on the second subband may refer to the content of determining the power of the signal sent on the first subband in the foregoing text.
  • the first information may also be used to indicate a second power control parameter set for the second subband, where the second power control parameter set includes a power control parameter set corresponding to each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges included in the second subband. Then the first communication device may determine the power of the signal sent on the second subband.
  • the manner in which the first communication device determines the power of the signal sent on the second subband may refer to the content of determining the power of the signal sent on the first subband in the previous text.
  • the second communication device may indicate to the first communication device a first power control parameter set (first power The rate control parameter set includes N groups of power parameters), and the power control parameters of at least two frequency domain ranges are different, which improves the flexibility of the power control parameters.
  • first power The rate control parameter set includes N groups of power parameters
  • different power control parameters are configured for different frequency domain ranges, which is equivalent to configuring different powers for different frequency domain ranges of a sub-band, which is beneficial for the first communication device to reduce the influence of interference on different frequency domain ranges, and is beneficial for improving the transmission performance of the first communication device in the first sub-band.
  • Figure 7 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the flow chart includes the following steps.
  • a first communication device sends capability information to a second communication device.
  • the second communication device receives the capability information from the first communication device.
  • the capability information indicates that the first communication device has the capability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a subband.
  • the capability information may indicate that the first communication device supports a maximum of N0 different power control parameters on one subband, where N0 is an integer greater than 2.
  • the ability of the first communication device to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a sub-band can be described as the first communication device having a differentiated power control capability, a power control capability, or a differentiated power transmission capability, etc.
  • a sub-band is, for example, any sub-band used by the first communication device for uplink transmission.
  • the first communication device actively sends capability information to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device sends a query request to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives the query request from the second communication device.
  • the query request is used to request the capability of the first communication device.
  • the first communication device sends capability information to the second communication device.
  • the capability information includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first communication device has the capability of using different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a sub-band.
  • the value of the second indication information is a first value, and the first value indicates that the first communication device has the ability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a sub-band; or the value of the second indication information is a second value, and the second value indicates that the first communication device does not have the ability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a sub-band.
  • the first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0.
  • the second indication information when used to indicate that the first communication device has the ability to adopt different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a subband, the second indication information may also specifically indicate that the first communication device supports a maximum of N0 different power control parameters on a subband, where N0 is an integer greater than 1.
  • the value of the second indication information is the first value, which indicates that the first communication device has the ability to adopt different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a subband, and the first communication device has the ability to adopt different power control parameters in N0 frequency domain ranges in a subband.
  • the capability information includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the number N0 of frequency domain ranges that the first communication device supports using different power control parameters on a subband.
  • the value of the third indication information is a third value, and the third value indicates that the first communication device has the ability to use different power control parameters in N0 frequency domain ranges of a subband.
  • the third value and the first value may be the same or different.
  • the second communication device may not need to obtain the capability information of the first communication device, that is, it is not necessary to perform step S701, that is, S701 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG7.
  • the protocol configures the first communication device to have or not have the ability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of a sub-band.
  • the second communication device has determined that the first communication device has or does not have the ability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of a sub-band.
  • the second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band.
  • the content of the first sub-band, the content of the multiple frequency domain ranges, and the method for the second communication device to determine the multiple frequency domain ranges can all refer to the above content.
  • the second communication device sends information 1 to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives information 1 from the second communication device.
  • Information 1 may also be referred to as second information.
  • the second information indicates a plurality of first indexes and a power control parameter set corresponding to each of the plurality of first indexes (i.e., a plurality of power control parameter sets).
  • the second information can also be understood as indicating the correspondence between the multiple first indexes and the multiple power control parameter sets.
  • the content of the multiple first indexes and the content of the multiple power control parameters can refer to the content of the previous text.
  • the second information may be carried in the second signaling.
  • the second communication device sends the second signaling to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives the second signaling from the second communication device, which is equivalent to the first communication device receiving the signaling from the second communication device.
  • Information 1 The second signaling is, for example, a high-level signal or a dedicated signaling, and the high-level signaling is, for example, an RRC signaling.
  • the first subband is used to transmit an uplink signal carried on a PUSCH, and accordingly, the second information may be carried in a physical uplink shared channel power control (PUSCH-PowerControl) information element in the RRC signaling.
  • PUSCH-PowerControl physical uplink shared channel power control
  • the second information further indicates information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each set of power control parameters in each power control parameter set in the multiple power control parameter sets.
  • the content of the information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each set of power control parameters can refer to the content in the previous text.
  • Table 7 is an example of second information provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Table 7 is an example of the frequency range indicated by the second information, including the starting frequency and the length.
  • the second information indicates two power control parameter sets (specifically, power control parameter set 1 and power control parameter set 2 shown in Table 7).
  • the second information further indicates at least one group of power control parameters, wherein each group of power control layer parameters is a group of power control parameters shared by multiple frequency domains. That is, if the first communication device uses a group of power control parameters in at least one group of power control parameters to determine power, then the power control parameters of the first communication device in multiple frequency domains of the first subband are all the group of power control parameters, that is, the power control parameters of the first communication device in multiple frequency domains of the first subband are the same.
  • the at least one group of power control parameters also indicated by the second information may be referred to as K1 group of power control parameters below. K1 is a positive integer.
  • the second information may indicate at least one third index and at least one set of power control parameters, wherein one third index in the at least one third index corresponds to one set of power control parameters in the at least one set of power control parameters.
  • the execution order of the above S702 and S703 can be arbitrary, for example, S702 is executed first, and then S703; or S703 is executed first, and then S702; or S702 and S703 are executed at the same time.
  • S703 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
  • the second communication device sends information 2 to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives information 2 from the first communication device.
  • Information 2 may also be referred to as third information.
  • Information 2 indicates N second indexes and N frequency domain ranges. Information 2 may be equivalent to indicating a correspondence between the N second indexes and the N frequency domain ranges.
  • information 2 can indicate N frequency domain ranges, it can indicate at least two of the starting frequency, length, and ending frequency of each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges, or information 2 can indicate the N frequency domain ranges through N bitmaps, wherein one bitmap corresponds to one frequency domain range.
  • the second communication device may indicate information 2 to the first communication device.
  • information 2 may be carried in a third signaling.
  • the second communication device sends the third signaling to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives the third signaling from the second communication device, which is equivalent to the first communication device receiving information 2 from the second communication device.
  • the third signaling is, for example, a high-level signaling or a proprietary signaling. Signaling.
  • An example of the second information may be as shown in Table 5 above.
  • the first communication device may determine N frequency domain ranges by itself, or the N frequency domain ranges may be preconfigured by the protocol. In this case, there is no need to execute step S704, that is, S704 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
  • the second communication device sends information 3 to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives information 3 from the second communication device.
  • Information 3 may also be referred to as first indication information.
  • Information 3 may indicate the number of N frequency domain ranges.
  • the second communication device may indicate the number of the N frequency domain ranges to the first communication device, and the first communication device may directly determine the N frequency domain ranges according to the number of the N frequency domain ranges and the bandwidth (or length) of the first sub-band.
  • the manner in which the first communication device determines the N frequency domain ranges may refer to the content of the second communication device determining the N frequency domain ranges discussed above.
  • the first communication device may receive information 3 from the second communication device, and determine N frequency domain ranges according to information 3 and the first corresponding relationship.
  • the information 3 indicates the number of N frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the content of the first corresponding relationship may refer to the content of the previous text.
  • the manner in which the first communication device determines the N frequency domain ranges may refer to the content of the second communication device determining the N frequency domain ranges discussed above.
  • the first communication device may receive information 3 from the second communication device, and determine N frequency domain ranges according to information 3 and the second corresponding relationship.
  • information 3 indicates the number of N frequency domain ranges included in the first subband.
  • the content of the second corresponding relationship can refer to the content of the previous text.
  • the way in which the first communication device determines the N frequency domain ranges can refer to the content of the second communication device determining the N frequency domain ranges discussed above.
  • S705 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
  • information 3 may be carried in the first information.
  • the second communication device sends the first information to the first communication device, it is equivalent to sending information 3.
  • S704 and S705 are two ways for the first communication device to determine N frequency domain ranges, and the first communication device can execute S704 or S705.
  • the second communication device sends information 4 to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives information 4 from the second communication device.
  • Information 4 may also be referred to as first information.
  • Information 4 indicates a first power control parameter set.
  • the content of the message 4 and the content of the message 4 sent by the second communication device can refer to the above content.
  • the information 4 further indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of the first sub-band.
  • information 4 may implicitly indicate that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
  • the first power control parameter set indicated by information 4 includes N groups of power control parameters, N is equal to the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, which is equivalent to the second communication device implicitly indicating that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
  • the N is smaller than the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, which is equivalent to the second communication device implicitly indicating that the first communication device adopts the same power control parameter in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
  • the information 4 indicates that the frequency domain range corresponding to a set of power control parameters is the frequency domain range of the first sub-band, which is equivalent to the second communication device implicitly indicating that the first communication device uses the same power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
  • the second communication device may also send information 5 to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives information 5 from the second communication device.
  • Information 5 may also be referred to as fourth information.
  • Information 5 is used to indicate that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of the first subband.
  • information 5 may be carried in information 4.
  • the second communication device sending information 3 to the first communication device is equivalent to the second communication device sending information 5 to the first communication device.
  • the value of information 5 is a third value, and the third value indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
  • the value of information 5 is a fourth value, and the fourth value indicates that the first communication device uses the same power control parameter in multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
  • the third value is, for example, 1, and the fourth value is, for example, 0.
  • information 5 may be carried in higher layer signaling or in a newly added field in DCI or in redundant bits in DCI, which are respectively introduced below.
  • Method (1) information 5 is carried in a newly added field in the higher layer signaling or DCI.
  • the value of the newly added field in the high-level signaling or DCI is the third value, which is equivalent to information 5 explicitly indicating the first
  • the communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband.
  • the value of the newly added field in the high-level signaling or DCI is the fourth value, which is equivalent to information 5 indicating that the first communication device uses the same power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband, that is, it is equivalent to indicating that the first communication device uses the same set of power control parameters in multiple frequency domain ranges of the first subband.
  • the high-level signaling or DCI includes a newly added field, it indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband. If the high-level signaling or DCI does not include a newly added field, it indicates that the first communication device does not use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband, which is equivalent to indicating that the first communication device uses the same set of power control parameters in multiple frequency domain ranges of the first subband.
  • Method (2) Information 5 is carried in the redundant bits in the DCI.
  • the frequency domain of a BWP includes subband 1 and subband 2.
  • subband 1 is used for uplink transmission and subband 2 is used for downlink transmission.
  • subband 1 and subband 2 are used for uplink transmission.
  • the meaning of the time unit can be referred to the content discussed above.
  • the frequency domain of a BWP includes PRBs, the index of the starting PRB is Each RBG contains at most P PRBs, where P is based on and determined by high-level signaling from the second communication device, wherein the number of RBGs included in the BWP is Among them, the number of RBs contained in the first RBG is The number of PRBs contained in the last RBG is and or and The number of PRBs contained in other RBGs is P.
  • the index of the last PRB included in the nth RBG is less than the index of the first PRB included in the (n+1)th RBG, and n is a positive integer.
  • DCI may use an N RBG bitmap to indicate an uplink resource allocation method of type 0, where N RBG represents the number of RBGs used for uplink transmission this time.
  • the uplink resource allocation method of type 0 means that a plurality of discontinuous or continuous RBGs corresponding to one time unit are used for uplink transmission.
  • the nth bit in the bitmap is used to indicate whether the nth RBG is used for uplink transmission. For example, if the nth bit is 1, it indicates that the nth RBG is used for uplink transmission, and if the nth bit is 0, it indicates that the nth RBG is not used for uplink transmission. In other words, in this method, DCI needs to use at least N RBG bits to indicate an uplink resource allocation method of type 0.
  • An embodiment of the present application may be for power control on a first time unit.
  • the PRB where the first subband is located can be used for uplink transmission, so the number of RBGs used for uplink transmission may be less than N RBG .
  • DCI can be used to indicate that the number of bits required for RGB of uplink transmission is less than N RBG .
  • DCI will have redundant bits, so the second communication device can use the redundant bits in DCI to carry the above information 4.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating multiple RBGs used for this uplink transmission.
  • the BWP includes corresponding 10 RBGs, specifically RBG0-RBG9 as shown in Figure 8.
  • the second communication device determines that RBG0-RBG2 and RBG5-RBG7 can be used for this uplink transmission, so it determines that the corresponding values of RBG0-RBG2 and RBG5-RBG7 are 1.
  • the first communication device receives the DCI, it can be determined that RBG0-RBG2 and RBG5-RBG7 can be used for this uplink transmission.
  • the DCI uses 10 bits to indicate the RBG used by the first communication device for uplink transmission this time.
  • FIG 9 is a schematic diagram of a DCI on a BWP indicating multiple RBGs used for this uplink transmission.
  • the BWP includes 10 corresponding RBGs.
  • subband 1 includes RBG3-RBG 5
  • subband 2 includes RBG0-RBG 2
  • subband 3 includes RBG7-RBG 9.
  • the RBGs that can be used for uplink transmission at this time include RBG3-RBG6.
  • the DCI only needs to use 4 bits to indicate the RBGs used for this uplink transmission in these four resource block groups. It can be seen that there are 6 redundant bits in the DCI. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, one or more of the 6 redundant bits can be used to carry information 4.
  • DCI may use the frequency domain resource allocation (FDRA) field indication The PRB used for uplink transmission this time among the PRBs.
  • FDRA frequency domain resource allocation
  • the DCI may indicate that several consecutive PRBs are used for uplink transmission, and the number of bits required for the PRBs indicated by the DCI for this uplink transmission is related to the bandwidth of the BWP.
  • the number of resource blocks corresponding to one time unit for uplink transmission may be smaller, so there will be redundant bits in the DCI, so the second communication device may use the redundant bits in the DCI to carry information 4.
  • the number of RBs included in a BWP is Then the number of bits required for DCI to indicate the RBG used for this uplink transmission can be expressed as: Since the PRB used for uplink transmission in the first time unit in the embodiment of the present application Number is less than Therefore, DCI also has redundant bits.
  • the second communication device can send information 6 to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device can receive information 6 from the second communication device.
  • Information 6 can also be referred to as fifth information.
  • Information 6 is used to indicate a set of power control parameters in at least one group of power control parameters, that is, information 6 indicates a set of power control parameters in the K1 group of power control parameters.
  • the information 6 includes a third index of a group of power control parameters in the K1 group of power control parameters.
  • the information 6 may also instruct the first communication device to use the same power control parameter in multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the first communication device determines the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to the first power control parameter set.
  • the content of the first communication device determining the power of sending a signal on the first sub-band according to the first power control parameter set can refer to the content of the previous text.
  • the first communication device may determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameters indicated by the information 6 .
  • a calculation formula for determining the power of a signal transmitted on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameters indicated by information 6 is as follows.
  • the first communication device may determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameters in the K1 group of power control parameters.
  • the embodiment of the present application refers to a set of power control parameters in at least one set of power control parameters as the first set of power control parameters.
  • the manner in which the first communication device determines the first set of power control parameters may be arbitrary. For example, the first communication device may randomly select a set of power control parameters from the K1 group of power control parameters.
  • the second communication device may indicate multiple power control parameter sets to the first communication device, and the second communication device may indicate the first power control parameter set to the first communication device according to the actual situation, thereby improving the flexibility of the power control parameters.
  • the first communication device may also indicate capability information to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can determine the capability of the first communication device to support the use of different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains, thereby avoiding the situation where the second communication device indicates the first power control parameter set but the first communication device cannot use the first power control parameter set.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, in which a second communication device may send first information indicating a first power control parameter set to a first communication device, the first power control parameter set including N groups of power control parameters, one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters corresponding to N frequency domain ranges included in a subband (such as the first subband), and the first communication device may determine the power of the signal sent on the first subband based on one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters. Since there are more power control parameters available for the first communication device to choose from, it is beneficial to improve the flexibility of the indicated power control parameters.
  • Figure 10 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the flow chart includes the following steps.
  • a first communication device sends capability information to a second communication device.
  • the second communication device receives capability information from the first communication device.
  • the capability information indicates that the first communication device has the capability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a subband.
  • the content of the capability information and the method for the first communication device to send the capability information may refer to the above content.
  • S1001 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
  • the second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band.
  • the content of the first sub-band, the content of the multiple frequency domain ranges, and the method of determining the multiple frequency domain ranges can all refer to the content of the previous text.
  • the second communication device sends information 1 to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives information 1 from the second communication device.
  • Information 1 indicates multiple first indexes and N frequency domain ranges. Information 1 can also be called second information.
  • the content of the information 1, the content of the multiple first indexes, the content of the multiple frequency domain ranges, and the way in which the second communication device sends the information 1 can all refer to the previous content.
  • S1003 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
  • the second communication device sends information 2 to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives information 2 from the second communication device.
  • Information 2 indicates N second indexes and N frequency domain ranges.
  • Information 2 may also be referred to as third information.
  • the content of the information 2, the content of the multiple second indexes, the content of the N frequency domain ranges, and the way in which the second communication device sends the information 2 can all refer to the previous content.
  • the execution order of S1003 and S1004 may be arbitrary, for example, S1003 is executed first, and then S1004; or S1004 is executed first, and then S1003; or S1003 and S1004 are executed simultaneously.
  • S1004 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
  • the second communication device sends information 3 to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives information 3 from the second communication device.
  • Information 3 indicates the number of N frequency domain ranges.
  • the content of information 3 can refer to the content discussed in the previous article.
  • S1005 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
  • S1004 and S1005 are two ways for the first communication device to determine N frequency domain ranges, and the first communication device may execute S1004 or S1005.
  • the second communication device sends information 4 to the first communication device.
  • the first communication device receives information 4 from the second communication device.
  • Information 4 indicates a first power control parameter set.
  • Information 4 may also be referred to as first information.
  • the content of the information 4, the content of the first power control parameter set, and the manner in which the second communication device sends the information 4 may all refer to the previous content.
  • the first communication device determines that N is smaller than the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  • the first communication device obtains the first power control parameter set according to information 4, and thus obtains N groups of power control parameters.
  • the first communication device may determine that the number N of the N groups of power control parameters is less than the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. In other words, the first communication device is equivalent to determining that information 4 indicates power control parameters corresponding to some frequency domains in the multiple frequency domain ranges.
  • S1007 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
  • the first communication device determines the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to a set of power control parameter sets in the first power control parameter set.
  • a set of power control parameter sets in the first power control parameter set is referred to as a second set of power control parameters.
  • the following describes the manner in which the first communication device determines the second set of power control parameters.
  • the first communication device selects a group of power control parameters corresponding to a frequency domain range with the largest center frequency from the first power control parameter set and determines it as the second group of power control parameters.
  • the first power control parameter set includes N groups of power control parameters, and one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters corresponds to a frequency range.
  • the first communication device can determine the center frequency of each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges, and use a group of power control parameters corresponding to the frequency domain range with the largest center frequency as the second power control parameters.
  • the first communication device selects a group of power control parameters corresponding to a frequency range with the smallest center frequency from the first power control parameter set and determines it as the second group of power control parameters.
  • the first communication device may determine the center frequency of each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges, and use a set of power control parameters corresponding to a frequency domain range with the smallest center frequency as the second power control parameters.
  • the first communication device may determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to the second set of power control parameters.
  • the method of determining the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to the second set of power control parameters may refer to the content of determining the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameters indicated by information 5 in the previous text.
  • the above 1 and 2 are examples of the method for determining the second set of power control parameters. In fact, there are many other methods for the first communication device to determine the second set of power control parameters, and the embodiments of the present application do not make specific limitations on this.
  • the second communication device may indicate the first power control parameter set to the first communication device, and the first communication device may flexibly select a set of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set for power calculation, thereby improving the flexibility of the power control parameters.
  • the power control parameters selected by the first communication device each time may be different, thereby improving the randomness of the power determined by the first communication device, which is also beneficial to improving the transmission performance of the first communication device to a certain extent.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 includes a transceiver module 1101 and a processing module 1102 .
  • the communication device 1100 may be used to implement the function of a first communication device, such as the function of the first communication device in FIG. 5 or 7 .
  • the transceiver module 1101 may be used to execute step S502; and the processing module 1102 may be used to execute step S503.
  • the transceiver module 1101 may be used to execute step S706, and the processing module 1102 may be used to execute step S707.
  • the transceiver module 1101 may also be used to execute steps S701, S703, S704, and S705.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 includes a transceiver module 1201 and a processing module 1202 .
  • the communication device 1200 may be used to implement the function of a second communication device, such as the function of the second communication device in FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 .
  • the transceiver module 1201 may be used to execute step S502; and the processing module 1202 may be used to execute step S503.
  • the transceiver module 1201 may be used to execute step S706, and the processing module 1202 may be used to execute step S702.
  • the transceiver module 1201 may also be used to execute steps S701, S703, S704, and S705.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1300 includes a transceiver module 1301 and a processing module 1302 .
  • the communication device 1300 may be used to implement the function of a first communication device, such as the function of the first communication device in FIG. 10 .
  • the transceiver module 1301 is used to execute step S1006, and the processing module 1302 is used to execute step S1008.
  • the transceiver module 1301 can be used to execute steps S1001 and S1003-S1006.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1400 includes a transceiver module 1401 and a processing module 1402 .
  • the communication device 1400 may be used to implement the function of a second communication device, such as the function of the second communication device in FIG. 10 .
  • the transceiver module 1401 may be used to execute step S1006, and the processing module 1402 may be used to implement step S1002.
  • the transceiver module 1401 may also be used to implement steps S1001 and S1003-S1006.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1500 includes a processor 1510 and a communication interface 1520.
  • the processor 1510 and the communication interface 1520 are coupled to each other. It is understood that the communication interface 1520 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the processor 1510 and the communication interface 1520 may implement any of the communication methods implemented by the first communication device in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 or FIG. 10 .
  • Processor 1510 may be a central processing unit (CPU), other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the communication device 1500 may further include a memory 1530 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1510 or storing input data required for the processor 1510 to execute instructions or storing data generated after the processor 1510 executes instructions.
  • the processor 1510 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1102, and the communication interface 1520 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1101.
  • the processor 1510 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1302, and the communication interface 1520 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1301.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1600 includes a processor 1610 and a communication interface 1620.
  • the processor 1610 and the communication interface 1620 are coupled to each other.
  • the implementation of the processor 1610 can refer to the content of the processor 1510 in the previous text.
  • the communication interface 1620 can be a transceiver or an input-output interface.
  • the processor 1610 and the communication interface 1620 can implement any of the communication methods implemented by the second communication device in FIG5 , FIG7 or FIG10 in the previous text.
  • the communication device 1600 may further include a memory 1630 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1610 or storing input data required for the processor 1610 to execute instructions or storing data generated after the processor 1610 executes instructions.
  • the processor 1610 is used to implement the functions of the processing module 1202, and the communication interface 1620 is used to implement the transceiver module Functions of 1201.
  • the processor 1610 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1402, and the communication interface 1620 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1401.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes: a processor and an interface.
  • the processor is used to call and run instructions from the interface, and when the processor executes the instructions, any of the above communication methods is implemented, for example, any of the communication methods described in FIG. 5, FIG. 7 or FIG. 10.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer-readable storage medium When executed, it implements any of the communication methods described above, for example, the communication method described in any of Figures 5, 7 or 10 above.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which, when executed on a computer, implements any of the communication methods described above, for example, the communication method described in any one of FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , or FIG. 10 .
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or by a processor executing software instructions.
  • the software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory, an erasable programmable read-only memory, an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory, a register, a hard disk, a mobile hard disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in a base station or a terminal.
  • the processor and the storage medium can also be present in a base station or a terminal as discrete components.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user device or other programmable device.
  • the computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instruction may be transmitted from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that integrates one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium, for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape; it may also be an optical medium, for example, a digital video disc; it may also be a semiconductor medium, for example, a solid-state hard disk.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be a volatile or nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications, and provides a communication method and device. The method comprises: receiving first information from a second communication device, wherein the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set comprises a group of power control parameters corresponding to each of N frequency domain ranges, power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to a plurality of frequency domain ranges comprised in a first subband, any two of the plurality of frequency domain ranges do not overlap, the first subband is used for sending a signal, and N is an integer greater than 1; and according to the first power control parameter set, determining the power of sending the signal on the first subband. Because the second communication device indicates the power control parameters by taking each of a plurality of frequency domain ranges of a subband as a granularity and power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges are different, the flexibility of the power control parameters is improved.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2022年09月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211213952.2、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on September 30, 2022, with application number 202211213952.2 and application name “A Communication Method and Device”, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
在子带全双工(subband full duplex,SBFD)方案中,一个分量载波(component carrier,CC)可分为多个子带,在第一时间单元上,多个子带中的一部分子带可用于上行传输,另一部分子带可用于下行传输;在第二时间单元上,整个CC均用于上行传输,即所有子带均用于上行传输;在第三时间单元上,整个CC均用于下行传输,即所有子带均用于下行传输。基站可为终端设备配置一个分量载波的多组功率控制参数,然后指示终端设备具体使用的一组功率控制参数,终端设备可根据该组功率控制参数,确定发送(或发射)上行信号的功率。而由于基站在一个分量载波上仅为终端设备指示一组功率控制参数,终端设备在CC范围只能使用相同的功率控制参数,这使得功率控制参数在频域的灵活性较差。In the subband full duplex (SBFD) scheme, a component carrier (CC) can be divided into multiple subbands. In the first time unit, some of the multiple subbands can be used for uplink transmission, and the other subbands can be used for downlink transmission; in the second time unit, the entire CC is used for uplink transmission, that is, all subbands are used for uplink transmission; in the third time unit, the entire CC is used for downlink transmission, that is, all subbands are used for downlink transmission. The base station can configure multiple groups of power control parameters for a component carrier for the terminal device, and then indicate a specific set of power control parameters to be used by the terminal device. The terminal device can determine the power of sending (or transmitting) uplink signals according to the set of power control parameters. However, since the base station only indicates one set of power control parameters to the terminal device on a component carrier, the terminal device can only use the same power control parameters within the CC range, which makes the power control parameters less flexible in the frequency domain.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,用于提高功率控制参数的灵活性。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus for improving the flexibility of power control parameters.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法可以由第一通信装置执行,或者可以由芯片系统执行,芯片系统可实现第一通信装置的功能,第一通信装置例如为终端设备,或者为具有终端设备功能的装置。所述方法包括:接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数;根据所述第一功率控制参数集,确定在所述第一子带上发送所述信号的功率。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device, or can be executed by a chip system, and the chip system can realize the function of the first communication device, and the first communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a device having the function of a terminal device. The method includes: receiving first information from a second communication device, the first information indicating a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set including a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send a signal, and N is an integer greater than 1; according to the first power control parameter set, determining the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band.
在本申请实施例中,第二通信装置并不是为一个CC仅配置一组功率控制参数,而是向第一通信装置指示一个子带(如第一子带)的N个频域范围各自对应的一组功率控制参数,且,至少两个频域范围的功率控制参数是不同的,如此,提高指示的功率控制参数的灵活性。并且,由于第一通信装置在第一子带的不同频率范围发送信号时,在不同频域范围上受到的干扰是存在差异的,因此本申请实施例中为不同的频域范围配置不同的功率控制参数,使得一个子带的不同频域范围上的发送信号的功率存在差异,这有利于降低第一通信装置在不同频域范围受到的干扰影响,从而可提升第一通信装置在第一子带上的传输性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the second communication device does not configure only one set of power control parameters for one CC, but indicates to the first communication device a set of power control parameters corresponding to each of the N frequency domain ranges of a sub-band (such as the first sub-band), and the power control parameters of at least two frequency domain ranges are different, so as to improve the flexibility of the indicated power control parameters. In addition, since the first communication device receives different interferences in different frequency domain ranges when sending signals in different frequency ranges of the first sub-band, different power control parameters are configured for different frequency domain ranges in the embodiment of the present application, so that the power of the transmitted signal in different frequency domain ranges of a sub-band is different, which is conducive to reducing the interference effect on the first communication device in different frequency domain ranges, thereby improving the transmission performance of the first communication device in the first sub-band.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息可包括与第一功率控制参数集对应的第一索引,这种情况下,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述第二通信装置的第二信息,所述第二信息指示多个第一索引,以及多个功率控制参数集,其中,所述多个第一索引中的一个第一索引与所述多个功率控制参数集中的一个功率控制参数集对应,所述多个功率控制参数集中的一个功率控制参数集包括所述N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率参数,所述多个功率控制参数集包括所述第一功率控制参数集。In one possible embodiment, the first information may include a first index corresponding to a first power control parameter set. In this case, the method further includes: receiving second information from the second communication device, the second information indicating multiple first indexes and multiple power control parameter sets, wherein a first index among the multiple first indexes corresponds to a power control parameter set in the multiple power control parameter sets, a power control parameter set in the multiple power control parameter sets includes a set of power parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of the N frequency domain ranges, and the multiple power control parameter sets include the first power control parameter set.
在上述实施方式中,第二通信装置可向第一通信装置指示多个可能的功率控制参数集以及多个可能的功率控制参数集分别对应的第一索引,并通过第一信息指示某个功率控制参数集(如第一功率控制参数集)的第一索引,一方面,第二通信装置可根据实际情况从多个可能的功率控制参数集中灵活选择第一通信装置使用的第一功率控制参数集,即提高了确定第一功率控制参数集的灵活性;另一方面,第二通信装置可通过一个第一索引以指示第一功率控制参数集,如此,有利于减少第一信息占用的比特数。In the above embodiment, the second communication device may indicate multiple possible power control parameter sets and the first indexes corresponding to the multiple possible power control parameter sets to the first communication device, and indicate the first index of a power control parameter set (such as the first power control parameter set) through the first information. On the one hand, the second communication device can flexibly select the first power control parameter set used by the first communication device from multiple possible power control parameter sets according to actual conditions, which improves the flexibility of determining the first power control parameter set; on the other hand, the second communication device can indicate the first power control parameter set through a first index, which is conducive to reducing the number of bits occupied by the first information.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二信息还可指示所述多个功率控制参数集中每个功率控制参数集中的每组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息。如此,使得第一通信装置可直接基于第二信息,确定每组功率控制参数对应的频率范围。 In a possible implementation, the second information may also indicate information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in each of the multiple power control parameter sets, so that the first communication device can directly determine the frequency range corresponding to each group of power control parameters based on the second information.
在一种可能的实施方式中,提供频域范围的信息的多种可能(具体包括第一种、第二种和第三种),第一种,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的第二索引;第二种,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种;第三种,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的第二索引、以及所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种。In one possible implementation, multiple possibilities (specifically including the first, second and third) of frequency domain range information are provided. In the first, the frequency domain range information includes the second index of the frequency domain range; in the second, the frequency domain range information includes at least two of the starting frequency, length and ending frequency of the frequency domain range; in the third, the frequency domain range information includes the second index of the frequency domain range, and the frequency domain range information includes at least two of the starting frequency, length and ending frequency of the frequency domain range.
在上述实施方式中,提供了第二信息指示频域范围的信息的三种可能的实现形式,丰富了频域范围的信息的实现形式。在上述第一种实现形式中,第二信息可包括频域范围的第二索引,有利于节省第二信息占用的比特数。在上述第二种实现形式中,第二信息可包括频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种,有利于第一通信装置直观且快速地确定频域范围。在上述第三种实现方式中,第二信息可包括频域范围的第二索引、以及频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种,有利于为第一通信装置提供更全面的频域范围的信息。In the above implementation, three possible implementation forms of the second information indicating the information of the frequency domain range are provided, which enriches the implementation forms of the information of the frequency domain range. In the above first implementation form, the second information may include a second index of the frequency domain range, which is beneficial to saving the number of bits occupied by the second information. In the above second implementation form, the second information may include at least two of the starting frequency, length and end frequency of the frequency domain range, which is beneficial to the first communication device to intuitively and quickly determine the frequency domain range. In the above third implementation method, the second information may include a second index of the frequency domain range, and at least two of the starting frequency, length and end frequency of the frequency domain range, which is beneficial to provide the first communication device with more comprehensive information of the frequency domain range.
在一种可能的实施方式中,如果频域范围的信息包括频域范围的第二索引,那么第一通信装置可接收来自第二通信装置的第三信息,所述第三信息指示N个第二索引,以及所述N个频率范围,所述N个第二索引的一个第二索引与所述N个频率范围的一个频域范围对应。如此,第一通信装置可根据第三信息,确定某个第二索引对应的频域范围。In a possible implementation, if the information of the frequency domain range includes a second index of the frequency domain range, the first communication device may receive third information from the second communication device, wherein the third information indicates N second indexes and the N frequency ranges, and a second index of the N second indexes corresponds to a frequency domain range of the N frequency ranges. In this way, the first communication device may determine the frequency domain range corresponding to a second index based on the third information.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一信息还包括第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述第一通信装置在所述第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。如此,第一通信装置可根据第一信息确定在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。In a possible implementation, the first information further includes fourth information, and the fourth information indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band. In this way, the first communication device can determine to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band according to the first information.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息可被承载在下行控制信息中,第一信息包括的第四信息可被具体承载在下行控制信息中的冗余比特中。如此,不会额外增加下行控制信息的比特数。In a possible implementation, the first information may be carried in the downlink control information, and the fourth information included in the first information may be specifically carried in redundant bits in the downlink control information. In this way, the number of bits of the downlink control information will not be increased.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在根据所述第一功率控制参数集,确定在所述第一子带上发送所述信号的功率之前,所述方法还包括:确定所述N等于所述第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。In a possible implementation, before determining the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to the first power control parameter set, the method further includes: determining that N is equal to the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
在上述实施方式中,第一通信装置确定N等于多个频域范围的数量的情况下,相当于第一通信装置可以直接确定多个频域范围中的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,因此第一通信装置可直接根据第一功率控制参数集,确定在第一子带发送信号的功率,这有利于简化第一通信装置确定发送信号的功率的过程。In the above-mentioned embodiment, when the first communication device determines that N is equal to the number of multiple frequency domain ranges, it is equivalent to that the first communication device can directly determine a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range in the multiple frequency domain ranges. Therefore, the first communication device can directly determine the power of the signal sent in the first subband based on the first power control parameter set, which is conducive to simplifying the process of the first communication device determining the power of the sent signal.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自第二通信装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述N个频域范围的数量的信息;根据所述N个频域范围的数量的信息,确定所述N个频域范围。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving first indication information from a second communication device, the first indication information indicating information about the number of the N frequency domain ranges; and determining the N frequency domain ranges based on the information about the number of the N frequency domain ranges.
在上述实施方式中,第一通信装置可根据N个频域范围的数量,自行确定N个频域范围,提供了一种第一通信装置自行确定N个频域范围的方式,这种情况下,第二通信装置无需向第一通信装置指示N个频域范围,有利于减少第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间的数据传输量。In the above embodiment, the first communication device can determine the N frequency domain ranges by itself according to the number of the N frequency domain ranges, providing a method for the first communication device to determine the N frequency domain ranges by itself. In this case, the second communication device does not need to indicate the N frequency domain ranges to the first communication device, which is beneficial to reducing the amount of data transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第二通信装置发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending capability information to the second communication device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the first communication device has the capability of using different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a sub-band.
在上述实施方式中,第一通信装置可向第二通信装置发送能力信息,使得第二通信装置可明确第一通信装置是否具备在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力,从而避免第二通信装置给第一通信装置分配第一功率控制参数集,而第一通信装置却无法使用的情况,也有利于减少第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间的信令的浪费。In the above embodiment, the first communication device can send capability information to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can clearly determine whether the first communication device has the ability to adopt different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a sub-band, thereby avoiding the situation where the second communication device allocates a first power control parameter set to the first communication device while the first communication device is unable to use it, and is also beneficial to reduce the waste of signaling between the first communication device and the second communication device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二信息还指示至少一组功率控制参数,所述至少一组功率控制参数中的每组功率控制参数为所述多个频域范围共享的一组功率控制参数。In a possible implementation manner, the second information further indicates at least one set of power control parameters, and each set of power control parameters in the at least one set of power control parameters is a set of power control parameters shared by the multiple frequency domain ranges.
在上述实施方式中,第二信息还可指示多个频域范围共享的功率控制参数,以兼容目前的功率控制参数的配置机制。In the above implementation, the second information may also indicate power control parameters shared by multiple frequency domain ranges to be compatible with the current configuration mechanism of power control parameters.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一功率控制参数集为所述第一子带和所述第二子带共享的。可以理解的是,第一功率控制参数集包括N组功率控制参数,N组功率控制参数为所述第一子带包括的N个频域范围对应的,也与所述第二子带包括的N个频域范围对应。In a possible implementation manner, the first power control parameter set is shared by the first subband and the second subband. It can be understood that the first power control parameter set includes N groups of power control parameters, and the N groups of power control parameters correspond to the N frequency domain ranges included in the first subband and also correspond to the N frequency domain ranges included in the second subband.
在上述实施方式中,第一功率控制参数集可以是多个子带共享的一个功率控制参数集,第二通信装置无需分别指示第一子带和第二子带对应的功率控制参数集,如此,有利于减少第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间的信令交互。In the above embodiment, the first power control parameter set can be a power control parameter set shared by multiple subbands, and the second communication device does not need to indicate the power control parameter sets corresponding to the first subband and the second subband respectively. This is conducive to reducing the signaling interaction between the first communication device and the second communication device.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法可由第二通信装置,或者可以由芯片系统执 行,芯片系统可实现第二通信装置的功能,第二通信装置例如为终端设备,或者为具有终端设备功能的装置。所述方法包括:确定第一子带的多个频域范围;向第一通信装置发送第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于所述多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述N为大于1的整数。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by a second communication device or a chip system. The chip system can realize the function of a second communication device, and the second communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a device having the function of a terminal device. The method includes: determining multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band; sending first information to a first communication device, the first information indicating a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set including a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to the multiple frequency domain ranges, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, and N is an integer greater than 1.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一通信装置发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示多个第一索引,以及多个功率控制参数集,所述多个第一索引中的一个第一索引与所述多个功率控制参数集中的一个功率控制参数集对应,所述多个功率控制参数集中的一个功率控制参数集包括所述N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率参数;其中,所述第一信息包括与所述第一功率控制参数集对应的第一索引,所述多个功率控制参数集包括所述第一功率控制参数集。In one possible embodiment, the method also includes: sending second information to the first communication device, the second information indicating multiple first indexes and multiple power control parameter sets, one first index among the multiple first indexes corresponds to one power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets, and one power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets includes a set of power parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of the N frequency domain ranges; wherein the first information includes a first index corresponding to the first power control parameter set, and the multiple power control parameter sets include the first power control parameter set.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二信息还指示所述多个功率控制参数集中每个功率控制参数集中的每组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second information further indicates information about a frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in each power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的第二索引;和/或,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种。In a possible implementation, the information of the frequency domain range includes a second index of the frequency domain range; and/or the information of the frequency domain range includes at least two of a starting frequency, a length, and an ending frequency of the frequency domain range.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的第二索引时,所述方法还包括:向所述第一通信装置发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示N个第二索引,以及所述N个频率范围,所述N个第二索引的一个第二索引与所述N个频率范围的一个频域范围对应。In a possible implementation, when the information of the frequency domain range includes a second index of the frequency domain range, the method further includes: sending third information to the first communication device, the third information indicating N second indexes and the N frequency ranges, a second index of the N second indexes corresponding to a frequency domain range of the N frequency ranges.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一信息包括第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述第一通信装置在所述第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。In a possible implementation manner, the first information includes fourth information, where the fourth information indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一信息被承载在下行控制信息中,所述第四信息被承载在所述下行控制信息的冗余比特中。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is carried in downlink control information, and the fourth information is carried in redundant bits of the downlink control information.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述第一通信装置的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving capability information from the first communication device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the first communication device has the capability of using different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a sub-band.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二信息还指示至少一组功率控制参数,所述至少一组功率控制参数中的每组功率控制参数为所述多个频域范围共享的一组功率控制参数。In a possible implementation manner, the second information further indicates at least one set of power control parameters, and each set of power control parameters in the at least one set of power control parameters is a set of power control parameters shared by the multiple frequency domain ranges.
在一种可能的实施方式中,确定所述第一子带的多个频域范围,包括:根据所述第一子带的长度以及所述第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量,确定所述多个频域范围。In a possible implementation manner, determining the multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band includes: determining the multiple frequency domain ranges according to a length of the first sub-band and the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
在上述实施方式中,提供一种第二通信装置确定多个频域范围的方式。In the above implementation, a method for a second communication device to determine multiple frequency domain ranges is provided.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一通信装置发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述N个频域范围的数量的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first communication device, where the first indication information indicates information about the number of the N frequency domain ranges.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法可以由第一通信装置执行,或者可以由芯片系统执行,芯片系统可实现第一通信装置的功能,第一通信装置例如为终端设备,或者为具有终端设备功能的装置。所述方法包括:接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数;根据所述第一功率控制参数集中的一组功率控制参数,确定在所述第一子带上发送信号的功率。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device, or can be executed by a chip system, and the chip system can realize the function of the first communication device, and the first communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a device having the function of a terminal device. The method includes: receiving first information from a second communication device, the first information indicating a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set including a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send signals, and N is an integer greater than 1; according to a set of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set, determine the power of sending signals on the first sub-band.
在本申请实施例中,第二通信装置可为第一通信装置指示N个频域范围分别对应的功率控制参数(相当于N组功率控制参数),第一通信装置可从这N组功率控制参数中选择一组功率控制参数用于确定发送信号的功率,这有利于提高确定功率控制参数的灵活性。并且,第一通信装置每次选择的一组功率控制参数可能不同,因此也增加了确定的发送信号的功率的随机性,在一定程度上也利于提高第一通信装置抗干扰的能力,以提升第一通信装置的传输性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the second communication device may indicate the power control parameters (equivalent to N groups of power control parameters) corresponding to N frequency domain ranges to the first communication device, and the first communication device may select a group of power control parameters from the N groups of power control parameters to determine the power of the transmitted signal, which is conducive to improving the flexibility of determining the power control parameters. In addition, the group of power control parameters selected by the first communication device each time may be different, thereby increasing the randomness of the power of the determined transmitted signal, which is also conducive to improving the anti-interference ability of the first communication device to a certain extent, so as to improve the transmission performance of the first communication device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:确定所述N小于所述第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: determining that N is smaller than the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法可以由第一通信装置执行,或者可以由芯片系统执行,芯片系统可实现第一通信装置的功能,第一通信装置例如为终端设备,或者为具有终端设备功能的装置。所述方法包括:接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数 集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数,所述第一功率控制参数集用于确定在所述第一子带上发送所述信号的功率。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device, or can be executed by a chip system, and the chip system can implement the functions of the first communication device, and the first communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a device having the functions of a terminal device. The method includes: receiving first information from a second communication device, the first information indicating a first power control parameter The first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges. The first sub-band is used to send signals, and N is an integer greater than 1. The first power control parameter set is used to determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:根据所述第一功率控制参数集中的一组功率控制参数,确定在所述第一子带上发送信号的功率;或者,根据所述第一功率控制参数集,确定在所述第一子带上发送信号的功率。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: determining the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to a set of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set; or determining the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to the first power control parameter set.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的第一通信装置,或者为配置在第一通信装置中的电子设备(例如,芯片系统),或者为包括该第一通信装置的较大设备。所述通信装置包括用于执行上述第一方面或任一可能的实施方式的相应的手段(means)或模块。例如,该通信装置包括处理模块(有时也称为处理单元),以及收发模块(有时也称为收发单元)。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the first communication device in the first aspect above, or an electronic device (e.g., a chip system) configured in the first communication device, or a larger device including the first communication device. The communication device includes corresponding means or modules for executing the first aspect or any possible implementation method above. For example, the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also referred to as a processing unit), and a transceiver module (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver unit).
例如,所述收发模块用于接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数;所述处理模块,用于根据所述第一功率控制参数集,确定在所述第一子带上发送所述信号的功率。For example, the transceiver module is used to receive first information from a second communication device, the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in a first sub-band, there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges of the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send signals, and N is an integer greater than 1; the processing module is used to determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to the first power control parameter set.
在一种可选的实施方式中,该通信装置包括存储单元,该处理单元能够与存储单元耦合,并执行存储单元中的程序或指令,使能该通信装置执行上述第一通信装置的功能。In an optional implementation, the communication device includes a storage unit, and the processing unit can be coupled to the storage unit and execute a program or instruction in the storage unit to enable the communication device to perform the function of the above-mentioned first communication device.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的第二通信装置,或者为配置在第二通信装置中的电子设备(例如,芯片系统),或者为包括该第二通信装置的较大设备。所述通信装置包括用于执行上述第二方面或任一可能的实施方式的相应的手段(means)或模块。例如,该通信装置包括处理模块(有时也称为处理单元),以及收发模块(有时也称为收发单元)。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the second communication device in the second aspect above, or an electronic device (e.g., a chip system) configured in the second communication device, or a larger device including the second communication device. The communication device includes corresponding means (means) or modules for executing the second aspect above or any possible implementation. For example, the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also referred to as a processing unit), and a transceiver module (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver unit).
例如,所述处理模块用于确定第一子带的多个频域范围;所述收发模块用于向第一通信装置发送第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于所述多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述N为大于1的整数。For example, the processing module is used to determine multiple frequency domain ranges of the first subband; the transceiver module is used to send first information to the first communication device, the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to the multiple frequency domain ranges, there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges among the multiple frequency domain ranges, and N is an integer greater than 1.
在一种可选的实施方式中,该通信装置包括存储单元,该处理单元能够与存储单元耦合,并执行存储单元中的程序或指令,使能该通信装置执行上述第二通信装置的功能。In an optional implementation, the communication device includes a storage unit, and the processing unit can be coupled to the storage unit and execute a program or instruction in the storage unit to enable the communication device to perform the function of the second communication device.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为上述第三方面中的第一通信装置,或者为配置在第一通信装置中的电子设备(例如,芯片系统),或者为包括该第一通信装置的较大设备。所述通信装置包括用于执行上述第三方面或任一可能的实施方式的相应的手段(means)或模块。例如,该通信装置包括处理模块(有时也称为处理单元),以及收发模块(有时也称为收发单元)。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the first communication device in the third aspect above, or an electronic device (e.g., a chip system) configured in the first communication device, or a larger device including the first communication device. The communication device includes corresponding means or modules for executing the third aspect or any possible implementation method. For example, the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also referred to as a processing unit), and a transceiver module (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver unit).
例如,所述收发模块用于接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数;所述处理模块,用于根据所述第一功率控制参数集中的一组功率控制参数集,确定在所述第一子带上发送所述信号的功率。For example, the transceiver module is used to receive first information from a second communication device, the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in a first sub-band, there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges of the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send signals, and N is an integer greater than 1; the processing module is used to determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameter sets in the first power control parameter set.
在一种可选的实施方式中,该通信装置包括存储单元,该处理单元能够与存储单元耦合,并执行存储单元中的程序或指令,使能该通信装置执行上述第一通信装置的功能。In an optional implementation, the communication device includes a storage unit, and the processing unit can be coupled to the storage unit and execute a program or instruction in the storage unit to enable the communication device to perform the function of the above-mentioned first communication device.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置可以为上述第四方面中的第一通信装置,或者为配置在第一通信装置中的电子设备(例如,芯片系统),或者为包括该第一通信装置的较大设备。所述通信装置包括用于执行上述第四方面或任一可能的实施方式的相应的手段(means)或模块。例如,该通信装置包括处理模块(有时也称为处理单元),以及收发模块(有时也称为收发单元)。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the first communication device in the fourth aspect above, or an electronic device (e.g., a chip system) configured in the first communication device, or a larger device including the first communication device. The communication device includes corresponding means or modules for executing the fourth aspect or any possible implementation method. For example, the communication device includes a processing module (sometimes also referred to as a processing unit), and a transceiver module (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver unit).
例如,所述收发模块在所述处理模块的控制下用于接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组 功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数,所述第一功率控制参数集用于确定在所述第一子带上发送所述信号的功率。For example, the transceiver module is used to receive first information from the second communication device under the control of the processing module, the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, and the first power control parameter set includes a set of parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges. power control parameters, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send signals, N is an integer greater than 1, and the first power control parameter set is used to determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band.
在一种可选的实施方式中,该通信装置包括存储单元,该处理单元能够与存储单元耦合,并执行存储单元中的程序或指令,使能该通信装置执行上述第一通信装置的功能。In an optional implementation, the communication device includes a storage unit, and the processing unit can be coupled to the storage unit and execute a program or instruction in the storage unit to enable the communication device to perform the function of the above-mentioned first communication device.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括:处理器和通信接口。其中,该处理器用于从所述通信接口调用并运行指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,实现上述第一方面至第四方面中任一项所述的通信方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system comprising: a processor and a communication interface. The processor is used to call and run instructions from the communication interface, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects is implemented.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括第七方面中任一的通信装置,以及第八方面中任一的通信装置。In the tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes any communication device in the seventh aspect and any communication device in the eighth aspect.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;所述存储器用于存储一个或多个计算机程序,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括计算机执行指令,当所述通信装置运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述一个或多个计算机程序,以使得所述通信装置执行如第一方面至第四方面中任一项所述的通信方法。In the eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store one or more computer programs, and the one or more computer programs include computer execution instructions. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the one or more computer programs stored in the memory, so that the communication device performs the communication method as described in any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
可选的,该通信装置还包括其他部件,例如,天线,输入输出模块,接口等等。这些部件可以是硬件,软件,或者软件和硬件的结合。Optionally, the communication device further includes other components, such as an antenna, an input/output module, an interface, etc. These components may be hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序或指令,当其被运行时,实现上述第一方面至第四方面中任一项所述的通信方法。In the twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store computer programs or instructions. When the computer-readable storage medium is executed, it implements the communication method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,实现上述第一方面至第四方面中任一项所述的通信方法。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, implements the communication method described in any one of the first to fourth aspects above.
关于第二方面至第十三方面的有益效果,可参照第一方面或第三方面论述的有益效果,此处不再列举。Regarding the beneficial effects of the second to thirteenth aspects, reference may be made to the beneficial effects discussed in the first or third aspect and will not be listed here.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为一种时分双工技术下的下行链路和上行链路占用的资源结构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a resource structure occupied by a downlink and an uplink under a time division duplex technology;
图2为一种SBFD技术下的下行链路和上行链路占用的资源结构示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a resource structure occupied by a downlink and an uplink under the SBFD technology;
图3为本申请实施例适用的一种场景示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种场景示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG5 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种第一子带的多个频域范围的功率分量分布的示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of power component distribution in multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为一种DCI指示用于本次上行传输的多个资源块组的示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating multiple resource block groups for this uplink transmission;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种DCI指示用于本次上行传输的多个资源块组的示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating multiple resource block groups for uplink transmission provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11至图16为本申请实施例提供的几种通信装置的结构示意图。11 to 16 are schematic diagrams of the structures of several communication devices provided in embodiments of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Below, some terms in the embodiments of the present application are explained to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.
1、终端设备,是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以是固定设备,移动设备、手持设备、穿戴设备、车载设备,或内置于上述设备中的无线装置(例如,通信模块或芯片系统等)。所述终端设备用于连接人,物,机器等,可广泛用于各种场景,例如包括但不限于以下场景:蜂窝通信、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、工业控制(industrial control)、无人驾驶(self driving)、远程医疗(remote medical)、智能电网(smart grid)、智能家具、智能办公、智 能穿戴、智能交通,智慧城市(smart city)、无人机、机器人等场景的终端设备。所述终端设备有时可称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端、接入站、UE站、远方站、无线通信设备、或用户装置等等。为描述方便,本申请实施例中以终端设备是UE为例进行说明。1. A terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver functions, which can be a fixed device, a mobile device, a handheld device, a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wireless device built into the above device (for example, a communication module or a chip system, etc.). The terminal device is used to connect people, objects, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, such as but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (D2D), vehicle to everything (V2X), machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC), Internet of Things (IoT), virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control, self driving, remote medical, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart The terminal device can be used in scenarios such as wearables, smart transportation, smart cities, drones, robots, etc. The terminal device may sometimes be referred to as user equipment (UE), terminal, access station, UE station, remote station, wireless communication device, or user device, etc. For the convenience of description, the terminal device is UE as an example in the embodiments of the present application.
2、网络设备,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备(又可称为接入网网元),和/或核心网设备(又可称为核心网网元)。2. Network equipment, such as access network (AN) equipment (also known as access network elements), and/or core network equipment (also known as core network elements).
其中,接入网设备为具有无线收发功能的设备,用于与所述UE进行通信。所述接入网网元包括但不限于上述通信系统中的基站(BTS,Node B,eNodeB/eNB,或gNodeB/gNB)、收发点(t(R)ANsmission reception point,TRP),3GPP后续演进的基站,无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。所述基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种接入技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同接入技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的传输接收点。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,C(R)AN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit,CU),又可以称为汇聚单元,和/或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。网络设备还可以是无人机、卫星、D2D通信和M2M通信中承担网络设备功能的终端、服务器、可穿戴设备、或车载设备等。例如,车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)技术中的网络设备可以为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。以下对接入网设备以为基站为例进行说明。所述通信系统中的多个网络设备可以为同一类型的基站,也可以为不同类型的基站。基站可以与UE进行通信,也可以通过中继站与UE进行通信。UE可以与不同接入技术中的多个基站进行通信。Among them, the access network device is a device with wireless transceiver function, which is used to communicate with the UE. The access network network elements include but are not limited to base stations (BTS, Node B, eNodeB/eNB, or gNodeB/gNB) in the above-mentioned communication system, transceiver points (t(R)ANsmission reception point, TRP), base stations of subsequent evolution of 3GPP, access nodes in wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc. The base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a micro-micro base station, a small station, a relay station, etc. Multiple base stations can support the networks of the same access technology mentioned above, or they can support the networks of different access technologies mentioned above. The base station can include one or more co-sited or non-co-sited transmission and receiving points. The network device can also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU), which can also be called a convergence unit, and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in the cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, C(R)AN) scenario. The network device may also be a drone, satellite, terminal, server, wearable device, or vehicle-mounted device that performs the function of a network device in D2D communication and M2M communication. For example, the network device in vehicle to everything (V2X) technology may be a road side unit (RSU). The following describes the access network device by taking a base station as an example. The multiple network devices in the communication system may be base stations of the same type or different types. The base station may communicate with the UE or communicate with the UE through a relay station. The UE may communicate with multiple base stations in different access technologies.
所述核心网网元用于实现移动管理,数据处理,会话管理,策略和计费等功能中的至少一项。不同接入技术的系统中实现核心网功能的设备名称可以不同,本申请实施例并不对此进行限定。以第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统为例,所述核心网网元包括:接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)或用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)等。The core network element is used to implement at least one of the functions of mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and billing. The names of the devices that implement the core network functions in systems with different access technologies may be different, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this. Taking the fifth generation ( 5th generation, 5G) communication system as an example, the core network element includes: access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (SMF) or user plane function (UPF), etc.
3、时间单元,用于指示时域资源,时间单元例如为时隙(slot)、微时隙(或称为迷你时隙)(min-slot)或符号(symbol)等。如果时间单元为时隙,那么一个时间单元可包括一个或多个时隙;如果时间单元为微时隙,那么一个时间单元可包括一个或多个微时隙;如果时间单元为符号,那么一个时间单元可包括一个或多个符号。3. Time unit, used to indicate time domain resources, such as time slot, mini-slot (or mini-slot) or symbol, etc. If the time unit is a time slot, then one time unit may include one or more time slots; if the time unit is a mini-slot, then one time unit may include one or more mini-slots; if the time unit is a symbol, then one time unit may include one or more symbols.
本申请实施例中,对于名词的数目,除非特别说明,表示“单数名词或复数名词”,即"一个或多个”。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。例如,A/B,表示:A或B。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a和b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the embodiments of the present application, the number of nouns, unless otherwise specified, means "singular noun or plural noun", that is, "one or more". "At least one" means one or more, and "plural" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an "or" relationship. For example, A/B means: A or B. "At least one of the following items" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
除非有特定的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度,例如,本申请实施例中的“第一信息”和“第二信息”并不用于限定这两个信息的传输顺序、优先级或重要程度等的不同。Unless otherwise specified, the ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects. For example, the "first information" and "second information" in the embodiments of the present application are not used to limit the differences in the transmission order, priority or importance of the two information.
请参照图1,为一种时分双工(time division duplexing,TDD)技术下的下行链路(downlink,DL)和上行链路(uplink,UL)占用的资源结构示意图。UL用于实现上行传输,以及DL用于实现下行传输。图1中是以频域资源为一个分量载波(component carrier,CC)为例,一个CC例如为一段连续的频域资源。Please refer to Figure 1, which is a schematic diagram of the resource structure occupied by the downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) under a time division duplexing (TDD) technology. UL is used to implement uplink transmission, and DL is used to implement downlink transmission. Figure 1 takes the frequency domain resource as a component carrier (CC) as an example, and a CC is, for example, a continuous frequency domain resource.
如图1所示,DL占用的一个CC对应的时域资源比UL占用的一个CC对应的时域资源更多,换言之,下行传输在一个CC比上行传输在一个CC上占用的时域资源更多。其中,图1中的横坐标t表示时域资源,纵坐标F表示频域资源。由图1可知,相比DL,UL可用的时域资源较少,覆盖强度较差,以及时延较长。As shown in Figure 1, the time domain resources corresponding to a CC occupied by DL are more than the time domain resources corresponding to a CC occupied by UL. In other words, downlink transmission occupies more time domain resources in a CC than uplink transmission in a CC. The horizontal axis t in Figure 1 represents the time domain resources, and the vertical axis F represents the frequency domain resources. As shown in Figure 1, compared with DL, UL has fewer available time domain resources, poorer coverage, and longer delay.
其中,UL和DL是相对而言的,例如,网络设备向终端设备传输的通信链路视为DL,终端设备向网络设备传输的通信链路可视为UL。相应的,上行传输和下行传输也是相对而言的,例如,网络设备向终端设备传输可视为下行传输,终端设备向网络设备传输可视为上行传输。Among them, UL and DL are relative. For example, the communication link from the network device to the terminal device is considered DL, and the communication link from the terminal device to the network device can be considered UL. Correspondingly, uplink transmission and downlink transmission are also relative. For example, the transmission from the network device to the terminal device can be considered downlink transmission, and the transmission from the terminal device to the network device can be considered uplink transmission.
为了降低TDD系统下UL的时延,提出SBFD。在SBFD技术下中,可将一个CC的频域资源划分 为多个子带。例如,在第一时间单元上,多个子带中的一部分子带可用于上行传输,另一部分子带可用于下行传输,第一时间单元可称为SBFD时间单元;在第二时间单元上,整个CC均用于上行传输,即所有子带均用于上行传输,这种情况下,所述第二时间单元可称为UL时间单元或上行时间单元,可以理解的是,DL时间单元上,所有的子带均用于下行传输;在第三时间单元上,整个CC均用于下行传输,即所有子带均用于下行传输,这种情况下,所述第三时间单元可称为DL时间单元或下行时间单元,可以理解的是,在UL时间单元上,所有的子带均用于上行传输。在SBFD时间单元中,多个子带中的一部分子带可用于上行传输,另一部分子带用于下行传输,从而实现在相同的时域资源上完成上行传输和下行传输。由于SBFD系统中,增加了UL占用的时域资源,因此可降低UL的时延,增强UL的覆盖。In order to reduce the UL delay in the TDD system, SBFD is proposed. In SBFD technology, the frequency domain resources of a CC can be divided into For example, in the first time unit, a part of the subbands in the multiple subbands can be used for uplink transmission, and another part of the subbands can be used for downlink transmission. The first time unit can be called an SBFD time unit; in the second time unit, the entire CC is used for uplink transmission, that is, all subbands are used for uplink transmission. In this case, the second time unit can be called an UL time unit or an uplink time unit. It can be understood that in the DL time unit, all subbands are used for downlink transmission; in the third time unit, the entire CC is used for downlink transmission, that is, all subbands are used for downlink transmission. In this case, the third time unit can be called a DL time unit or a downlink time unit. It can be understood that in the UL time unit, all subbands are used for uplink transmission. In the SBFD time unit, a part of the subbands in the multiple subbands can be used for uplink transmission, and another part of the subbands can be used for downlink transmission, so that uplink transmission and downlink transmission can be completed on the same time domain resources. Since the time domain resources occupied by UL are increased in the SBFD system, the delay of UL can be reduced and the coverage of UL can be enhanced.
请参照图2,为一种SBFD技术下的DL和UL占用的资源结构示意图。图2以频域资源为一个CC为例说明。Please refer to Figure 2, which is a schematic diagram of the resource structure occupied by DL and UL under the SBFD technology. Figure 2 takes the frequency domain resource as one CC as an example.
一个CC可分为多个子带,在图2中是以一个CC包括子带0、子带1和子带2这三个子带为例。其中,子带0、子带1和子带2的频域不存在重叠。在SBFD时间单元中,UL占用子带1,换言之,子带1用于上行传输,用于上行传输的子带也可以称为上行子带或UL子带。在SBFD时间单元中,DL占用子带0和子带2,换言之,子带0和子带2用于下行传输,用于下行传输的子带也可以称为下行子带或DL子带。相比图1,图2中的UL占用了更多的时域资源,由于减少上行传输的时延。其中,图2中的横坐标t表示时域资源,以及纵坐标F表示频域资源。另外,图2中还示意了UL时间单元,在UL时间单元对应的CC均可用于上行传输。A CC can be divided into multiple subbands. In FIG2, a CC including three subbands, namely, subband 0, subband 1 and subband 2, is taken as an example. Among them, there is no overlap in the frequency domain of subband 0, subband 1 and subband 2. In the SBFD time unit, UL occupies subband 1. In other words, subband 1 is used for uplink transmission. The subband used for uplink transmission can also be called uplink subband or UL subband. In the SBFD time unit, DL occupies subband 0 and subband 2. In other words, subband 0 and subband 2 are used for downlink transmission. The subband used for downlink transmission can also be called downlink subband or DL subband. Compared with FIG1, the UL in FIG2 occupies more time domain resources, due to the reduction of the delay of uplink transmission. Among them, the horizontal axis t in FIG2 represents the time domain resources, and the vertical axis F represents the frequency domain resources. In addition, FIG2 also illustrates the UL time unit, and the CCs corresponding to the UL time unit can all be used for uplink transmission.
下面在SBFD技术下,由于一个CC中的不同子带可能被同时用于上行传输和下行传输,即在相同的时域资源上会同时存在上行传输和下行传输,因此在SBFD技术下会存在交叉链路干扰(cross link interference,CLI),CLI包括终端设备间(如UE间(UE-UE))的CLI以及小区间(cell-cell)的CLI。UE间CLI包括同一个网络设备内/小区内的一个UE(如UE0)的上行传输对另一个UE(如UE1)的下行传输造成的干扰,以及一个网络设备(如网络设备0)或一个小区(如小区0)的一个UE(如UE0)对应的上行传输对另一个网络设备(如网络设备1)或一个小区(如小区1)的一个UE(如UE2)对应的下行传输造成的干扰。小区间的CLI包括一个网络设备对应的下行传输对与另一个网络设备对应的上行传输造成的干扰。可以理解的是,一个网络设备服务一个小区内的用户。其中,一个网络设备可包括一个或多个小区,或者网络设备可替换为小区。In the following SBFD technology, since different subbands in a CC may be used for uplink transmission and downlink transmission at the same time, that is, uplink transmission and downlink transmission may exist simultaneously on the same time domain resources, there will be cross-link interference (CLI) under the SBFD technology. The CLI includes CLI between terminal devices (such as between UEs (UE-UE)) and CLI between cells (cell-cell). The CLI between UEs includes the interference caused by the uplink transmission of a UE (such as UE0) in the same network device/cell to the downlink transmission of another UE (such as UE1), and the interference caused by the uplink transmission corresponding to a UE (such as UE0) of a network device (such as network device 0) or a cell (such as cell 0) to the downlink transmission corresponding to another network device (such as network device 1) or a UE (such as UE2) in a cell (such as cell 1). The CLI between cells includes the interference caused by the downlink transmission corresponding to a network device to the uplink transmission corresponding to another network device. It can be understood that a network device serves users in a cell. Among them, a network device may include one or more cells, or a network device may be replaced by a cell.
下面结合图3所示的场景示意图,对CLI进行介绍。在图3中以终端设备为UE进行示例。The CLI is introduced below in conjunction with the scenario diagram shown in Figure 3. In Figure 3, the terminal device is taken as a UE for example.
如图3所示,该场景包括网络设备0、网络设备1、UE0、UE1、UE2和UE3。其中,网络设备0为UE0和UE1服务,网络设备1为UE2和UE3服务。网络设备0与UE0之间可进行上行传输(在图3中以朝向网络设备0的带箭头的线条进行示意)和下行传输(在图3中以朝向UE0的带箭头的线条进行示意),网络设备0与UE1之间可进行上行传输(在图3中以朝向网络设备0的带箭头的线条进行示意)和下行传输(在图3中以朝向UE1的带箭头的线条进行示意)。网络设备1与UE2之间可进行上行传输(在图3中以朝向网络设备1的带箭头的线条进行示意)和下行传输(在图3中以朝向UE2的带箭头的线条进行示意)。网络设备1与UE3之间可进行上行传输(在图3中以朝向网络设备1的带箭头的线条进行示意)和下行传输(在图3中以朝向UE3的带箭头的线条进行示意)。As shown in FIG3 , the scenario includes network device 0, network device 1, UE0, UE1, UE2 and UE3. Among them, network device 0 serves UE0 and UE1, and network device 1 serves UE2 and UE3. Uplink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward network device 0 in FIG3 ) and downlink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward UE0 in FIG3 ) can be performed between network device 0 and UE0, and uplink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward network device 0 in FIG3 ) and downlink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward UE1 in FIG3 ) can be performed between network device 0 and UE1. Uplink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward network device 1 in FIG3 ) and downlink transmission (indicated by the arrowed line toward UE2 in FIG3 ) can be performed between network device 1 and UE2. Uplink transmission (illustrated by a line with an arrow pointing toward the network device 1 in FIG. 3 ) and downlink transmission (illustrated by a line with an arrow pointing toward the UE 3 in FIG. 3 ) can be performed between the network device 1 and the UE 3 .
例如,UE1对应的上行传输对UE0的下行传输的干扰则属于小区内的UE-UE CLI。又例如,UE2的上行传输对UE1的下行传输的干扰属于小区间的UE-UE CLI。例如,网络设备0的下行传输对网络设备1的上行传输的干扰则属于cell-cell CLI。For example, the interference of UE1's uplink transmission on UE0's downlink transmission belongs to the UE-UE CLI within the cell. For another example, the interference of UE2's uplink transmission on UE1's downlink transmission belongs to the UE-UE CLI between cells. For example, the interference of network device 0's downlink transmission on network device 1's uplink transmission belongs to cell-cell CLI.
为了减少cell-cell CLI对终端设备进行上行传输的影响,网络设备可为终端设备在一个CC上配置多组功率控制参数,然后指示终端设备具体使用的一组功率控制参数,即CC级别功率控制参数。终端设备根据该组功率控制参数,确定终端设备在该CC上的子带上的发送信号的功率,为便于描述,发送信号的功率可称为发送(或发射)功率。如此,提高终端设备在CC级别上的发送功率,在一定程度上可降低cell-cell CLI对终端设备进行上行传输的影响。但由于指示的是CC级别的功率控制参数,因此使得功率控制参数的灵活性较差。另外,在SBFD时间单元,在UL子带的不同频域范围受到的cell-cell CLI也存在较大差异,因此终端设备按照CC级别功率控制参数,确定发送功率,可能依旧无法满足上行传输的需求。In order to reduce the impact of cell-cell CLI on the uplink transmission of terminal devices, the network device can configure multiple groups of power control parameters for the terminal device on a CC, and then indicate a specific group of power control parameters to be used by the terminal device, namely, the CC-level power control parameters. The terminal device determines the power of the signal sent by the terminal device on the subband on the CC according to the group of power control parameters. For the convenience of description, the power of the signal sent can be called the transmission (or transmit) power. In this way, increasing the transmission power of the terminal device at the CC level can reduce the impact of cell-cell CLI on the uplink transmission of the terminal device to a certain extent. However, since the power control parameters at the CC level are indicated, the flexibility of the power control parameters is poor. In addition, in the SBFD time unit, there are also large differences in the cell-cell CLI in different frequency domain ranges of the UL subband. Therefore, the terminal device determines the transmission power according to the CC-level power control parameters, which may still not meet the needs of uplink transmission.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,在该通信方法中,第二通信装置可向第一通信装置指 示包括N组功率控制参数的第一功率控制参数集,N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数对应一个子带(如第一子带)包括的N个频域范围中的一个频域范围,相当于是以一个子带的频域范围为粒度分配功率控制参数集,因此有利于提高指示功率控制参数的灵活性,并且,第一功率控制参数集中的至少两组功率控制参数不同,如此,也可以提高指示功率控制参数的灵活性。由于在第一子带的不同频域范围受到的干扰(如包括cell-cell CLI)是存在差异的,因此在本申请实施例中第二通信装置为第一通信装置分别指示不同频域范围对应的功率控制参数,使得第一通信装置根据不同频域范围对应的功率控制参数,确定的在不同频域范围的发送功率也可能不同,而第一通信装置在不同频域范围的发送功率不同,这有利于减少干扰(如包括cell-cell CLI)对第一通信装置在频域范围上的传输的影响,也有利于提高传输性能。In view of this, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, in which a second communication device can indicate to a first communication device The first power control parameter set includes N groups of power control parameters, one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters corresponds to one frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges included in a subband (such as the first subband), which is equivalent to allocating the power control parameter set with the frequency domain range of a subband as the granularity, so it is conducive to improving the flexibility of indicating the power control parameters, and at least two groups of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set are different, so the flexibility of indicating the power control parameters can also be improved. Since the interference (such as including cell-cell CLI) received in different frequency domain ranges of the first subband is different, in the embodiment of the present application, the second communication device indicates the power control parameters corresponding to different frequency domain ranges to the first communication device, so that the first communication device determines the transmission power in different frequency domain ranges according to the power control parameters corresponding to different frequency domain ranges. It may also be different, and the transmission power of the first communication device in different frequency domain ranges is different, which is conducive to reducing the influence of interference (such as including cell-cell CLI) on the transmission of the first communication device in the frequency domain range, and is also conducive to improving the transmission performance.
本申请实施例中的通信方法可适用于第五代通信系统,超第五代(beyond 5th generation,beyongd 5G)通信系统、第六代(6th generation,6G)通信系统或未来的其他演进通信系统、或其他各种无线通信系统等,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。The communication method in the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to a fifth generation communication system, a beyond fifth generation (beyond 5th generation, beyond 5G) communication system, a sixth generation ( 6th generation, 6G) communication system or other future evolved communication systems, or other various wireless communication systems, etc., and the embodiments of the present application do not make specific limitations on this.
请参照图4,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。或者,图4也可理解为一种场景示意图。如图4所示,通信系统包括第一通信装置和第二通信装置。在图4中是以第一通信装置的数量为2个和第二通信装置的数量为1个进行示例,实际不限制第一通信装置和第二通信装置的数量。Please refer to Figure 4, which is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application. Alternatively, Figure 4 can also be understood as a scenario schematic diagram. As shown in Figure 4, the communication system includes a first communication device and a second communication device. In Figure 4, the number of first communication devices is 2 and the number of second communication devices is 1 for example, and the number of first communication devices and second communication devices is not actually limited.
任一第一通信装置和第二通信装置之间可相互通信。任一第一通信装置向第二通信装置传输可视为上行传输,第二通信装置向任一第一通信装置传输可视为下行传输。Any first communication device and the second communication device can communicate with each other. Transmission from any first communication device to the second communication device can be regarded as uplink transmission, and transmission from the second communication device to any first communication device can be regarded as downlink transmission.
其中,任一第一通信装置例如为终端设备,终端设备的实现方式可参照前文。第二通信装置例如为网络设备,网络设备的实现方式可参照前文。Wherein, any first communication device is, for example, a terminal device, and the implementation of the terminal device can refer to the above text. The second communication device is, for example, a network device, and the implementation of the network device can refer to the above text.
在一种可能的实施方式中,任一第一通信装置例如可为图3中的UE0或UE1,第二通信装置为图3中的网络设备0;或者,任一第一通信装置例如可为图3中的UE2或UE3,第二通信装置为图3中的网络设备1。In a possible implementation, any first communication device may be, for example, UE0 or UE1 in Figure 3, and the second communication device may be network device 0 in Figure 3; or, any first communication device may be, for example, UE2 or UE3 in Figure 3, and the second communication device may be network device 1 in Figure 3.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第二通信装置可支持SBFD技术,例如,第二通信装置可在第一时间单元(也可称为SBFD时间单元)对应的多个子带中的一部分子带上进行上行传输,在另一部分子带上进行下行传输,第二通信装置可在第二时间单元(也可以称为UL时间单元)对应的整个CC上进行上行传输,即第二时间单元对应的所有子带均用于上行传输,以及,第二通信装置可在第三时间单元对应的整个CC上进行下行传输,即第三时间单元对应的所有子带均用于下行传输。其中,SBFD技术的相关内容可参照前文的内容。在这种实施方式中,第二通信装置又可视为SBFD装置。In a possible implementation, the second communication device may support SBFD technology. For example, the second communication device may perform uplink transmission on a part of the multiple subbands corresponding to the first time unit (also referred to as the SBFD time unit), and perform downlink transmission on another part of the subbands. The second communication device may perform uplink transmission on the entire CC corresponding to the second time unit (also referred to as the UL time unit), that is, all subbands corresponding to the second time unit are used for uplink transmission, and the second communication device may perform downlink transmission on the entire CC corresponding to the third time unit, that is, all subbands corresponding to the third time unit are used for downlink transmission. For the relevant content of the SBFD technology, please refer to the previous content. In this implementation, the second communication device can also be regarded as a SBFD device.
可选的,第一通信装置可支持SBFD技术,支持SBFD技术的含义可参照前文的内容。其中,SBFD技术的相关内容可参照前文的内容。在这种实施方式中,第一通信装置又可视为SBFD装置。Optionally, the first communication device may support SBFD technology, and the meaning of supporting SBFD technology can refer to the content in the previous text. Among them, the relevant content of SBFD technology can refer to the content in the previous text. In this embodiment, the first communication device can also be regarded as a SBFD device.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例所提供的方法。在本申请的各个实施例对应的附图中,凡是用虚线表示的步骤,均为可选的步骤。以及,本申请的各个实施例所述的第一通信装置例如为图4中的任一第一通信装置,第二通信装置例如为图4中的第二通信装置。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. In the accompanying drawings corresponding to the various embodiments of the present application, all steps represented by dotted lines are optional steps. Also, the first communication device described in the various embodiments of the present application is, for example, any first communication device in FIG. 4, and the second communication device is, for example, the second communication device in FIG. 4.
请参照图5,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。所述流程示意图包括以下步骤。Please refer to Figure 5, which is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The flow chart includes the following steps.
S501、第二通信装置确定第一子带的多个频域范围。S501. A second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band.
第一子带可为一个CC(如第一CC)中的一个子带,第一子带例如为SBFD技术下的一个子带。例如,第一子带可用于上行传输,换言之,第一子带可用于发送上行信号。上行信号例如可承载在上行信号的物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)或物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)上。The first subband may be a subband in a CC (such as the first CC), and the first subband may be, for example, a subband under the SBFD technology. For example, the first subband may be used for uplink transmission, in other words, the first subband may be used to send an uplink signal. The uplink signal may be carried on, for example, a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) of the uplink signal.
第一子带可包括的多个频域范围(frequency range,或frequency area),频域范围也可以称为频率范围。多个频域范围中的一个频域范围可为一段连续的频率,例如一个频域范围为[4.8GHz(吉赫兹),4.9GHz],或者可表示为4.8GHz-4.9GHz。可选的,第一子带包括多个物理资源块(physical resource block groups,PRB),这种情况下,多个频域范围中的每个频域范围可包括至少一个PRB。其中,PRB也可以称为RB。The first subband may include multiple frequency ranges (frequency range, or frequency area), which may also be referred to as frequency ranges. One of the multiple frequency ranges may be a continuous frequency, for example, a frequency range is [4.8 GHz (gigahertz), 4.9 GHz], or may be expressed as 4.8 GHz-4.9 GHz. Optionally, the first subband includes multiple physical resource blocks (physical resource block groups, PRBs), in which case each of the multiple frequency ranges may include at least one PRB. Among them, PRBs may also be referred to as RBs.
第一子带包括的多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠。任意两个频域范围不存在重叠可理解为任意两个频域范围交叠的频域范围为0。或者,任意两个频域范围不包括相同的PRB。There is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband. The fact that there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges can be understood as the frequency domain range where any two frequency domain ranges overlap is 0. Alternatively, any two frequency domain ranges do not include the same PRB.
可选的,多个频域范围中存在至少两个频域范围连续。其中,两个频域范围连续可理解为一个频域范围的结束频率为另一个频域范围的起始(开始)频率。其中,频域范围的起始频率也可为所述一个频 域范围内的最小频率,频域范围的结束频率可为该频域范围内的最大频率。Optionally, there are at least two continuous frequency domain ranges among the multiple frequency domain ranges. The two continuous frequency domain ranges can be understood as the end frequency of one frequency domain range being the start (start) frequency of another frequency domain range. The start frequency of the frequency domain range can also be the start frequency of the one frequency domain range. The minimum frequency in the frequency domain range, and the end frequency of the frequency domain range can be the maximum frequency in the frequency domain range.
或者,多个频域范围的任意两个频域范围不连续。两个频域范围不连续可理解为一个频域范围的结束频率不为另一个频域范围的起始频率。Alternatively, any two frequency domain ranges of the multiple frequency domain ranges are discontinuous. The two frequency domain ranges being discontinuous can be understood as the end frequency of one frequency domain range is not the start frequency of another frequency domain range.
例如,第一子带具体为[4.84GHz,4.86GHz],第一子带包括的多个频域范围可为频域范围1和频域范围2。如果频域范围1为[4.84GHz,4.85GHz],频域范围2为[4.85GHz,4.86GHz]。则频率范围1和频率范围2可视为连续。如果频域范围1为[4.84GHz,4.849GHz],频域范围2为[4.85GHz,4.86GHz],则频率范围1和频率范围2可视为不连续。For example, the first sub-band is specifically [4.84 GHz, 4.86 GHz], and the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band may be frequency domain range 1 and frequency domain range 2. If frequency domain range 1 is [4.84 GHz, 4.85 GHz], and frequency domain range 2 is [4.85 GHz, 4.86 GHz], then frequency range 1 and frequency range 2 may be considered continuous. If frequency domain range 1 is [4.84 GHz, 4.849 GHz], and frequency domain range 2 is [4.85 GHz, 4.86 GHz], then frequency range 1 and frequency range 2 may be considered discontinuous.
例如,第一子带包括的PRB的索引具体是从11至30,第一子带的所包含的频域范围连续可以具体为相邻的PRB索引对应的PRB的频域范围连续。第一子带包括的多个频域范围可为频域范围1和频域范围2。如果频域范围1包括PRB#11-PRB#20,其中PRB#x可理解为PRB的索引为x,频域范围2包括PRB#21-PRB#30,则频率范围1和频率范围2可视为连续。如果频域范围1包括PRB#11-PRB#20,频域范围2包括PRB#23-PRB#30,则频率范围1和频率范围2可视为不连续。For example, the index of the PRB included in the first subband is specifically from 11 to 30, and the frequency domain range contained in the first subband can be specifically continuous, that is, the frequency domain range of the PRB corresponding to the adjacent PRB index is continuous. The multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband may be frequency domain range 1 and frequency domain range 2. If frequency domain range 1 includes PRB#11-PRB#20, where PRB#x can be understood as the index of the PRB is x, and frequency domain range 2 includes PRB#21-PRB#30, then frequency range 1 and frequency range 2 can be regarded as continuous. If frequency domain range 1 includes PRB#11-PRB#20, and frequency domain range 2 includes PRB#23-PRB#30, then frequency range 1 and frequency range 2 can be regarded as discontinuous.
多个频域范围均为长度相同的多个频域范围,或者,多个频域范围中的存在长度不相同的至少两个频域范围。频域范围的长度也可以称为该频域范围的带宽。频域范围的长度可为频域范围的起始频率与结束频率之间的差值。例如多个频域范围中的一个频域范围为[4.84GHz,4.85GHz],那么频域范围的长度为0.01GHz。The multiple frequency domain ranges are all multiple frequency domain ranges with the same length, or there are at least two frequency domain ranges with different lengths in the multiple frequency domain ranges. The length of the frequency domain range can also be called the bandwidth of the frequency domain range. The length of the frequency domain range can be the difference between the starting frequency and the ending frequency of the frequency domain range. For example, if one of the multiple frequency domain ranges is [4.84GHz, 4.85GHz], then the length of the frequency domain range is 0.01GHz.
第二通信装置可确定第一子带包括的多个频域范围,确定多个频域范围可理解为第二通信装置确定多个频域范围中的每个频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两个。下面对第二通信装置确定多个频域范围的方式进行介绍。The second communication device may determine multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. Determining multiple frequency domain ranges may be understood as the second communication device determining at least two of the starting frequency, length, and end frequency of each frequency domain range in the multiple frequency domain ranges. The following describes the manner in which the second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges.
方式一、第二通信装置通过协议,确定第一子带的多个频域范围。Method 1: The second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band through a protocol.
示例性的,默认不同频域范围的长度相同,协议可配置有第一子带包括的所述多个频域范围的数量,这种情况下,第二通信装置根据频域范围的个数及第一子带的频域范围,确定第一子带的多个频域范围。Exemplarily, by default, the lengths of different frequency domain ranges are the same, and the protocol may be configured with the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. In this case, the second communication device determines the multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band based on the number of frequency domain ranges and the frequency domain range of the first sub-band.
方式二、第二通信装置可以根据第一子带的带宽(或长度)以及第一子带包括的频域范围的数量,确定第一子带的多个频域范围。Mode 2: The second communication device may determine a plurality of frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band according to the bandwidth (or length) of the first sub-band and the number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
方式二下的第一种子方式:第一子带包括的频域范围的数量可以是第二通信装置根据第一子带的带宽,从第一对应关系中确定的。A first sub-method under the second method: the number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band can be determined by the second communication device from the first corresponding relationship according to the bandwidth of the first sub-band.
其中,第一对应关系包括子带的不同带宽区间与子带包括的多个频域范围的不同数量之间的对应关系。其中,第一对应关系可以是协议配置在第二通信装置中的。第一对应关系的具体形式可以是表格,在第一对应关系采用表格进行表示的情况下,该第一对应关系又可以称为频域范围配置表格。The first correspondence relationship includes a correspondence relationship between different bandwidth intervals of the subband and different numbers of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband. The first correspondence relationship may be a protocol configuration in the second communication device. The specific form of the first correspondence relationship may be a table. When the first correspondence relationship is represented by a table, the first correspondence relationship may also be called a frequency domain range configuration table.
如果第一对应关系中的子带的一个带宽区间对应子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的一个取值,第二通信装置可根据第一子带的带宽,确定第一子带在第一对应关系所属的带宽区间,并从第一对应关系中,确定第一子带对应的多个频域范围的数量,并根据第一子带对应的多个频域范围的数量,以及第一子带的带宽,从而确定第一子带包括的多个频域范围。If a bandwidth interval of a sub-band in the first correspondence relationship corresponds to a value of the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band, the second communication device can determine the bandwidth interval to which the first sub-band belongs in the first correspondence relationship based on the bandwidth of the first sub-band, and determine the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band from the first correspondence relationship, and determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band based on the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band and the bandwidth of the first sub-band.
请参照下表1,为第一对应关系的一种示例。Please refer to Table 1 below, which is an example of the first corresponding relationship.
表1
Table 1
从上表1可以看出,当某个子带的带宽小于或等于20MHz时,则子带的多个频域范围的数量为2;当某个子带的带宽大于20MHz且小于或等于40MHz时,则子带的多个频域范围的数量为4;当某个子带的带宽大于40MHz且小于或等于80MHz时,则子带的多个频域范围的数量为8;当某个子带的带宽大于80MHz时,则该子带的多个频域范围的数量为16。It can be seen from Table 1 above that when the bandwidth of a sub-band is less than or equal to 20 MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges of the sub-band is 2; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 20 MHz and less than or equal to 40 MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges of the sub-band is 4; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 40 MHz and less than or equal to 80 MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges of the sub-band is 8; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 80 MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges of the sub-band is 16.
例如,第一子带具体为[4.8GHz,4.82GHz],那么第二通信装置可确定第一子带的带宽为20MHz,因此那么第二通信装置可确定第一子带对应的多个频域范围的数量为2个,相应的,第二通信装置可确 定第一子带包括的多个频域范围具体为:[4.8GHz,4.81GHz]和[4.81GHz,4.82GHz]这两个频域范围。For example, if the first sub-band is specifically [4.8 GHz, 4.82 GHz], then the second communication device can determine that the bandwidth of the first sub-band is 20 MHz, so the second communication device can determine that the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band is 2. Accordingly, the second communication device can determine The multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band are specifically: two frequency domain ranges: [4.8 GHz, 4.81 GHz] and [4.81 GHz, 4.82 GHz].
上述是以第一对应关系中的子带的一个带宽区间对应子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的一个取值为例。有可能第一对应关系中的子带的一个带宽区间对应子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的多个取值,这种情况下,第二通信装置可以从第一子带对应的多个频域范围的多个数量中确定一个数量作为第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。例如,第二通信装置可以从多个数量中确定一个数量。The above is an example of a value of the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in a subband corresponding to a bandwidth interval of the subband in the first corresponding relationship. It is possible that a bandwidth interval of the subband in the first corresponding relationship corresponds to multiple values of the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband. In this case, the second communication device can determine a number from multiple numbers of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first subband as the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband. For example, the second communication device can determine a number from multiple numbers.
请参照表2,为本申请实施例提供的一种第一对应关系的另一种示例。Please refer to Table 2, which is another example of a first corresponding relationship provided in an embodiment of the present application.
表2
Table 2
从表2可以看出,当某个子带的带宽小于或等于20MHz时,子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的取值可为2或4;当某个子带的带宽大于20MHz且小于或等于40MHz时,子带包括的多个频域范围的取值可为4或8;当某个子带的带宽大于40MHz且小于或等于80MHz时,子带包括的多个频域范围的取值可为8或16;当某个子带的带宽大于80MHz时,子带包括的多个频域范围的取值可为16或32。It can be seen from Table 2 that when the bandwidth of a sub-band is less than or equal to 20MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band may be 2 or 4; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 20MHz and less than or equal to 40MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band may be 4 or 8; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 40MHz and less than or equal to 80MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band may be 8 or 16; when the bandwidth of a sub-band is greater than 80MHz, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band may be 16 or 32.
方式二下的第二种子方式:第一子带包括的频域范围的数量可以是第二通信装置根据第一子带的带宽,从第二对应关系中确定的。其中,第二对应关系包括子带的不同PRB的数量区间和子带包括的多个频域范围的不同数量之间的对应关系。The second sub-mode under mode 2: The number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band can be determined by the second communication device from a second corresponding relationship according to the bandwidth of the first sub-band. The second corresponding relationship includes a correspondence between the number intervals of different PRBs of the sub-band and the different numbers of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band.
其中,第二对应关系可以是协议配置在第二通信装置中的。第二对应关系的具体形式可以是表格。The second corresponding relationship may be a protocol configuration in the second communication device. The specific form of the second corresponding relationship may be a table.
如果第二对应关系中的子带的PRB的一个数量区间对应子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的一个取值,第二通信装置可根据第一子带包括的PRB的数量,确定第一子带在第二对应关系所属的PRB的数量区间,并从第二对应关系中,确定第一子带对应的多个频域范围的数量,并根据第一子带对应的多个频域范围的数量,以及第一子带的带宽,从而确定第一子带包括的多个频域范围。If a number interval of PRBs of a subband in the second correspondence corresponds to a value of the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband, the second communication device can determine the number interval of PRBs to which the first subband belongs in the second correspondence based on the number of PRBs included in the first subband, and determine the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first subband from the second correspondence, and determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband based on the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first subband and the bandwidth of the first subband.
请参照表3,为本申请实施例提供的一种第二对应关系的一种示例。Please refer to Table 3, which is an example of a second corresponding relationship provided in an embodiment of the present application.
表3
table 3
从表3可以看出,当某个子带的包括的PRB的数量在2-23之间时,子带包括的多个频域范围的数量为2;当某个子带的包括的PRB的数量在24-72之间时,子带包括的多个频域范围的数量为4;当第一子带的包括的PRB的数量在73-144之间时,子带包括的多个频域范围的数量为8;当第一子带的包括的PRB的数量在145-275之间时,子带包括的多个频域范围的数量为16。It can be seen from Table 3 that when the number of PRBs included in a certain subband is between 2-23, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband is 2; when the number of PRBs included in a certain subband is between 24-72, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband is 4; when the number of PRBs included in the first subband is between 73-144, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband is 8; when the number of PRBs included in the first subband is between 145-275, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband is 16.
例如,第一子带包括100个PRB,那么第二通信装置可确定第一子带对应的多个频域范围的数量为8个,相应的,第二通信装置可确定第一子带包括的多个频域范围。For example, the first sub-band includes 100 PRBs, and the second communication device may determine that the number of multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band is 8. Accordingly, the second communication device may determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
上述是以第二对应关系中的子带的PRB的一个数量区间包括的多个频域范围的数量的一个取值为例。有可能第二对应关系中的子带的PRB的一个数量区间对应子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的多个取值,这种情况下,第二通信装置可以从第一子带的PRB的一个数量区间对应的多个数量中确定一个数量作为第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。The above is an example of a value of the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in a number interval of PRBs of a sub-band in the second corresponding relationship. It is possible that a number interval of PRBs of a sub-band in the second corresponding relationship corresponds to multiple values of the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the sub-band. In this case, the second communication device can determine a number from multiple numbers corresponding to a number interval of PRBs of the first sub-band as the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
例如,第二通信装置可以从多个数量确定一个数量的方式可参照前文论述的内容。For example, the manner in which the second communication device can determine a quantity from multiple quantities can refer to the content discussed above.
请参照表4,为本申请实施例提供的一种第二对应关系的另一种示例。Please refer to Table 4, which is another example of a second corresponding relationship provided in an embodiment of the present application.
表4

Table 4

从表4可以看出,当某个子带的PRB的数量在2-23之间时,子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的取值可为2或4个;当某个子带的PRB的数量在24-72之间时,子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的取值可为4或8;当第一子带的PRB的数量在73-144之间时,子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的取值可为8或16;当第一子带的PRB的数量在145-275之间时,子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的取值可以是16或32。It can be seen from Table 4 that when the number of PRBs of a subband is between 2-23, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband can be 2 or 4; when the number of PRBs of a subband is between 24-72, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband can be 4 or 8; when the number of PRBs of the first subband is between 73-144, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband can be 8 or 16; when the number of PRBs of the first subband is between 145-275, the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband can be 16 or 32.
例如,第一子带包括100个PRB,那么第二通信装置可确定第一子带对应的多个频域范围的数量为8或16,第二通信装置可从8或16确定为第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。例如,第二通信装置确定第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量为8个,相应的,第二通信装置可确定第一子带包括的多个频域范围。For example, if the first sub-band includes 100 PRBs, the second communication device may determine that the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges corresponding to the first sub-band is 8 or 16, and the second communication device may determine the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band from 8 or 16. For example, if the second communication device determines that the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band is 8, correspondingly, the second communication device may determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
在上述方式二中的第二种子方式中,当第一子带包括的PRB个数为M,第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量为Q,如果第二通信装置确定M无法整除Q,其可表示为M0=M mod Q,M0不为0,M modQ表示取余,作为一个实施例,第二通信装置可确定多个(也就是Q个)频域范围中的前Q-1个频域范围包括的PRB个数为第Q个频域范围所包括的PRB个数为其中表示向下取整。In the second sub-method of the above-mentioned method 2, when the number of PRBs included in the first sub-band is M, and the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band is Q, if the second communication device determines that M cannot divide Q, it can be expressed as M0=M mod Q, M0 is not 0, and M modQ represents the remainder. As an embodiment, the second communication device can determine that the number of PRBs included in the first Q-1 frequency domain ranges of the multiple (that is, Q) frequency domain ranges is The number of PRBs included in the Qth frequency domain range is in Indicates rounding down.
在方式一和二中,协议可间接配置多个频域范围,使得第二通信装置确定多个频域范围的方式比较直接,且有一定的灵活性。In the first and second methods, the protocol can indirectly configure multiple frequency domain ranges, so that the second communication device determines the multiple frequency domain ranges in a relatively direct manner with a certain degree of flexibility.
方式三、第二通信装置可自行确定第一子带的多个频域范围。Method 3: The second communication device may determine multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band by itself.
示例性的,第二通信装置可根据通信场景,确定第一子带的多个频域范围。Exemplarily, the second communication device may determine multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band according to a communication scenario.
例如,第二通信装置确定与第一通信装置之间的通信场景为第一类通信场景,则确定第一子带包括的频域范围的数量为第一数量。第二通信装置按照第一数量对第一子带进行划分,获得满足第一数量的多个频域范围。第一数量为大于1的整数。For example, if the second communication device determines that the communication scenario between the second communication device and the first communication device is a first type of communication scenario, the number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band is determined to be a first number. The second communication device divides the first sub-band according to the first number to obtain multiple frequency domain ranges that meet the first number. The first number is an integer greater than 1.
或者,第二通信装置确定与第一通信装置之间的通信场景属于第二类通信场景,则确定第一子带包括的频域范围的数量为第二数量。第二通信装置按照第二数量对第一子带进行划分,从而获得满足第二数量的多个频域范围。第二数量为大于1的整数。可选的,第二数量可小于第一数量。Alternatively, the second communication device determines that the communication scenario between the second communication device and the first communication device belongs to the second type of communication scenario, and then determines that the number of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band is the second number. The second communication device divides the first sub-band according to the second number, thereby obtaining a plurality of frequency domain ranges that meet the second number. The second number is an integer greater than 1. Optionally, the second number may be less than the first number.
其中,第一类通信场景例如为对传输性能要求大于第一阈值的通信场景,例如为增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)、超可靠低时延通信(ultra reliable low latency communication,URLLC)或增强型机器类通信(enhanced evolved machine type communications,eMTC)。第二类通信场景例如为要求传输性能小于第一阈值的通信场景。The first type of communication scenario is, for example, a communication scenario requiring a transmission performance greater than a first threshold, such as enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low latency communication (URLLC) or enhanced evolved machine type communications (eMTC). The second type of communication scenario is, for example, a communication scenario requiring a transmission performance less than the first threshold.
在方式三中,第二通信装置可以自行确定多个频域范围,有利于提高划分多个频域范围的灵活性。并且,第二通信装置确定通信场景对传输性能要求更高的时候,可以将第一子带划分为更多数量的频域范围,这样有利于更精细地划分第一子带上的频域范围。In mode 3, the second communication device can determine multiple frequency domain ranges by itself, which is conducive to improving the flexibility of dividing multiple frequency domain ranges. In addition, when the second communication device determines that the communication scenario has higher requirements for transmission performance, the first sub-band can be divided into a larger number of frequency domain ranges, which is conducive to more fine division of the frequency domain range on the first sub-band.
上述方式一、方式二和方式三是对第二通信装置确定多个频率范围的方式进行举例说明,实际上第二通信装置确定多个频率范围的方式可以有多种,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。The above-mentioned methods 1, 2 and 3 are examples of the methods for the second communication device to determine multiple frequency ranges. In fact, there may be many ways for the second communication device to determine multiple frequency ranges, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
可选的,第一子带包括的多个频域范围中的第y个频域范围的最大频率可小于或等于第y+1个频域范围的最小频率。或者,多个频域范围包括的多个频域范围中的第y+1个频域范围的最大频率可小于或等于第y个频域范围的最小频率,其中y的取值小于第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。Optionally, the maximum frequency of the yth frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range. Alternatively, the maximum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the multiple frequency domain ranges may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the yth frequency domain range, where the value of y is less than the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
上述是对第二通信装置确定第一子带的多个频域范围进行介绍,实际上第二通信装置可以按照上述任一方式,确定第一CC包括的任一子带包括的多个频域范围。The above is an introduction to the second communication device determining multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band. In fact, the second communication device can determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in any sub-band included in the first CC according to any of the above methods.
例如,第一CC包括第一子带和第二子带,第一子带和第二子带均为上行子带,第一子带和第二子带频域可以不连续,第二通信装置可分别确定的第一子带包括的多个频域范围,以及第二子带包括的多个频域范围,其中,确定第二子带包括的多个频域范围的方式可以参照前文确定第一子带包括的多个频域范围的内容。可选的,第一子带包括的多个频域范围中的第y+1个频域范围的最大频率可小于或等于第y个频域范围的最小频率。第二子带包括的多个频域范围中的第y个频域范围的最大频率可小于或等于第y+1个频域范围的最小频率,y的取值可参照前文。For example, the first CC includes a first subband and a second subband, both of which are uplink subbands, and the frequency domains of the first subband and the second subband may be discontinuous. The second communication device may respectively determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband and the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the second subband, wherein the method for determining the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the second subband may refer to the content of determining the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband in the previous text. Optionally, the maximum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first subband may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the yth frequency domain range. The maximum frequency of the yth frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the second subband may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range, and the value of y may refer to the previous text.
可选的,第一子带包括的多个频域范围中的第y个频域范围的最大频率可小于或等于第y+1个频域范围的最小频率。第二子带包括的多个频域范围中的第y+1个频域范围的最大频率可小于或等于第y个频域范围的最小频率,y的取值可参照前文。 Optionally, the maximum frequency of the yth frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range. The maximum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the second sub-band may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the yth frequency domain range, and the value of y may refer to the above text.
例如,一个CC包括子带0、子带1和子带2,以子带0或子带为上述第一子带的一种示例,子带0的最大频率小于或等于子带1的最小频率,子带2的最小频率大于或等于子带1的最大频率。子0和子带2例如可为上行子带,子带1为下行子带。For example, one CC includes subband 0, subband 1, and subband 2, with subband 0 or subband 2 being an example of the first subband, the maximum frequency of subband 0 is less than or equal to the minimum frequency of subband 1, and the minimum frequency of subband 2 is greater than or equal to the maximum frequency of subband 1. Subband 0 and subband 2 may be, for example, uplink subbands, and subband 1 is a downlink subband.
第二通信装置可按照任一方式确定子带0和子带2包括的多个频域范围。其中,子带0包括的多个频域范围中的第y+1个频域范围的最大频率可小于或等于第y个频域范围的最小频率。子带1包括的多个频域范围中的第y个频域范围的最大频率可小于或等于第y+1个频域范围的最小频率,y的取值可参照前文。The second communication device may determine the multiple frequency domain ranges included in sub-band 0 and sub-band 2 in any manner. Among them, the maximum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in sub-band 0 may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the yth frequency domain range. The maximum frequency of the yth frequency domain range among the multiple frequency domain ranges included in sub-band 1 may be less than or equal to the minimum frequency of the y+1th frequency domain range, and the value of y may refer to the above.
S502、第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送第一信息。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息。第一信息可指示第一功率控制参数集。S502: The second communication device sends first information to the first communication device. Correspondingly, the first communication device receives the first information from the second communication device. The first information may indicate a first power control parameter set.
例如,第一信息可被携带在第一信令或下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中。第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送第一信令。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,也相当于第一通信装置接收第一信息。第一信令例如为高层信令或专有信令等,高层信令例如为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令。For example, the first information may be carried in a first signaling or downlink control information (DCI). The second communication device sends the first signaling to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives the first information from the second communication device, which is equivalent to the first communication device receiving the first information. The first signaling is, for example, high-level signaling or proprietary signaling, and the high-level signaling is, for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
在第一信息被携带在DCI的情况下,第一信息可通过DCI中的字段1指示第一功率控制参数集,换言之,字段1用于指示第一功率控制参数集。其中,字段1也可称为第二字段,字段1例如为DCI中的探测参考信号资源索引(sounding reference signal resource index,SRI)字段。In the case where the first information is carried in the DCI, the first information may indicate the first power control parameter set through field 1 in the DCI. In other words, field 1 is used to indicate the first power control parameter set. Field 1 may also be referred to as a second field, and field 1 is, for example, a sounding reference signal resource index (SRI) field in the DCI.
第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围中的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,也就是说,第一功率控制参数集包括N组功率控制参数。N为大于1的整数。N组功率控制参数用于确定N个频域范围使用的功率控制参数,这N个频域范围使用的功率控制参数可用于确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率,或简称为发送(或发射)功率。例如,第一子带用于发送上行信号,相应的,N组功率控制参数则用于确定在第一子带上发送上行信号的功率。The first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges, that is, the first power control parameter set includes N groups of power control parameters. N is an integer greater than 1. The N groups of power control parameters are used to determine the power control parameters used by the N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters used by the N frequency domain ranges can be used to determine the power of sending signals on the first subband, or simply referred to as the sending (or transmitting) power. For example, the first subband is used to send uplink signals, and accordingly, the N groups of power control parameters are used to determine the power of sending uplink signals on the first subband.
N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数对应N个频域范围中的一个频率范围。N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,换言之,N个频域范围为第一子带包括的多个频域范围的子集。相应的,N可小于或等于第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。One set of power control parameters in the N sets of power control parameters corresponds to one frequency range in the N frequency domain ranges. The N frequency domain ranges belong to the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. In other words, the N frequency domain ranges are subsets of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. Accordingly, N may be less than or equal to the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
N组功率控制参数中的每组功率控制参数可包括一个或多个参数。可选的,每组功率控制参数包括目标接收功率偏置值P0的取值和/或路径损耗补偿因子α(alpha)的取值。Each of the N groups of power control parameters may include one or more parameters. Optionally, each group of power control parameters includes a value of a target received power offset value P 0 and/or a value of a path loss compensation factor α (alpha).
作为一个示例,第二通信装置可以向第一通信装置指示第一子带上的每个PRB上的目标接收功率。其中,第一子带上的任意两个PRB上的目标接收功率可以是相同的。As an example, the second communication device may indicate to the first communication device the target received power on each PRB on the first sub-band, wherein the target received power on any two PRBs on the first sub-band may be the same.
可选的,第二通信装置可以通过高层信令向第一通信装置指示第一子带上的每个PRB上的目标接收功率。Optionally, the second communication device may indicate the target received power on each PRB on the first subband to the first communication device through high-layer signaling.
在本申请实施例中第一功率控制参数集包括的N个频域范围中的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,换言之,N组功率控制参数中的存在至少两组功率控制参数不同。两组功率控制参数不同可理解为一组功率控制参数包括的参数与另一组功率控制参数包括的参数存在不同。两组功率控制参数不同可具体包括一组功率控制参数包括的参数与另一组功率控制参数包括的参数存在至少一个不同的参数。In the embodiment of the present application, the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges included in the first power control parameter set are different. In other words, there are at least two groups of power control parameters that are different among the N groups of power control parameters. The difference between the two groups of power control parameters can be understood as the difference between the parameters included in one group of power control parameters and the parameters included in another group of power control parameters. The difference between the two groups of power control parameters can specifically include that the parameters included in one group of power control parameters and the parameters included in another group of power control parameters have at least one different parameter.
例如,N组功率控制参数包括3组功率控制参数(具体包括第一组功率控制参数、第二组功率控制参数和第三组功率控制参数),第一组功率控制参数可包括:P0=12,α=0.6,第二组功率控制参数可包括:P0=12,α=0.7,第三组功率控制参数可包括:P0=12,α=0.8,由此可见,这三组功率控制参数均不同。For example, N groups of power control parameters include 3 groups of power control parameters (specifically including a first group of power control parameters, a second group of power control parameters and a third group of power control parameters). The first group of power control parameters may include: P 0 =12, α=0.6, the second group of power control parameters may include: P 0 =12, α=0.7, and the third group of power control parameters may include: P 0 =12, α=0.8. It can be seen that the three groups of power control parameters are different.
下面对第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集的方式进行介绍。The following introduces the manner in which the first information indicates the first power control parameter set.
第一种、第一信息包括第一功率控制参数集的第一索引(index)。In the first type, the first information includes a first index of a first power control parameter set.
第一索引用于指示第一功率控制参数集。例如,第一通信装置可包括第二信息,第二信息指示多个第一索引,以及多个功率控制参数集。其中,多个第一索引中的一个第一索引对应的多个功率控制参数集中的一个功率控制参数集。多个功率控制参数集包括第一功率控制参数集。第二通信装置向第一通信装置指示第一功率控制参数集的第一索引,第一通信装置也就能根据第一功率控制参数集的第一索引,确定第一功率控制参数集。The first index is used to indicate the first power control parameter set. For example, the first communication device may include second information, the second information indicating multiple first indexes and multiple power control parameter sets. Among them, one of the multiple first indexes corresponds to a power control parameter set in multiple power control parameter sets. The multiple power control parameter sets include the first power control parameter set. The second communication device indicates the first index of the first power control parameter set to the first communication device, and the first communication device can also determine the first power control parameter set according to the first index of the first power control parameter set.
其中,第二信息可被协议配置在第一通信装置和第二通信装置中的,或者可以是第一通信装置从第二通信装置接收的。 The second information may be configured by protocol in the first communication device and the second communication device, or may be received by the first communication device from the second communication device.
可选的,第一子带用于传输承载在PUSCH上的上行信号,则第一索引例如可为物理上行共享信道功率控制标识(sri-PUSCH-PowerControl Id)。Optionally, the first subband is used to transmit an uplink signal carried on PUSCH, and the first index may be, for example, a physical uplink shared channel power control identifier (sri-PUSCH-PowerControl Id).
在一种可能的实施方式中,如果N个频域为第一子带包括的多个频域范围,那么第一通信装置可自行确定第一子带包括的N个频域范围。In a possible implementation manner, if the N frequency domains are multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, the first communication device may determine the N frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band by itself.
例如,第一通信装置可采用前文方式一,确定N个频域范围。For example, the first communication device may adopt the aforementioned method 1 to determine N frequency domain ranges.
或者,第一通信装置可采用前文方式二下的第一种子方式确定N个频域范围。Alternatively, the first communication device may determine N frequency domain ranges using the first sub-method under the aforementioned method 2.
或者,第一通信装置可采用前文方式二下的第二种子方式确定N个频域范围。Alternatively, the first communication device may determine N frequency domain ranges using the second sub-method under the aforementioned method 2.
上述是对第一通信装置确定N个频域范围的方式进行示例说明,实际上第一通信装置确定N个频域范围的方式有多种,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。The above is an example of how the first communication device determines N frequency domain ranges. In fact, there are many ways for the first communication device to determine N frequency domain ranges, and the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置还可以从第二通信装置接收多个功率控制参数集的每个功率控制参数集中的N组功率控制参数中的每组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息。下面以N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息为例进行介绍。In another possible implementation, the first communication device may also receive information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in N groups of power control parameters in each power control parameter set of multiple power control parameter sets from the second communication device. The following is an introduction taking the information about the frequency domain range corresponding to one group of power control parameters in N groups of power control parameters as an example.
为了简化描述,本申请实施例中将N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数对应的频域范围简称为第一频域范围,相应的,N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息简称为第一频域范围的信息。In order to simplify the description, in the embodiment of the present application, the frequency domain range corresponding to a group of power control parameters in N groups of power control parameters is referred to as the first frequency domain range, and accordingly, the information of the frequency domain range corresponding to a group of power control parameters in N groups of power control parameters is referred to as the information of the first frequency domain range.
示例(1)、所述第一频域范围的信息包括第一频域范围的第二索引。Example (1), the information of the first frequency domain range includes a second index of the first frequency domain range.
在这种情况下,第一通信装置可包括第三信息,第三信息指示N个第二索引,以及N个频域范围。N个第二索引中的一个第二索引与N个频域范围中的一个频域范围对应。在示例(1)中,第一通信装置可根据第一频域范围对应的第二索引及第三信息,确定第一频域范围。In this case, the first communication device may include third information indicating N second indexes and N frequency domain ranges. One second index among the N second indexes corresponds to one frequency domain range among the N frequency domain ranges. In example (1), the first communication device may determine the first frequency domain range according to the second index corresponding to the first frequency domain range and the third information.
请参照下表5,为本申请实施例提供的一种第二信息的一种示例。Please refer to Table 5 below, which is an example of second information provided in an embodiment of the present application.
表5
table 5
如上述表5所示,第二信息指示了两个功率控制参数集(具体如表1所示的功率控制参数集1和功率控制参数集2)。功率控制参数集1包括在频域范围1的一组功率参数为P0=12,α=0.9,在频域范围2的一组功率参数为P0=12,α=0.8,在频域范围3的一组功率控制参数为P0=12,α=0.7。功率控制参数集2包括在频域范围1的一组功率参数为P0=12,α=0.8,在频域范围2的一组功率参数为P0=12,α=0.7,在频域范围3的一组功率控制参数为P0=12,α=0.7。As shown in Table 5 above, the second information indicates two power control parameter sets (specifically, power control parameter set 1 and power control parameter set 2 shown in Table 1). Power control parameter set 1 includes a set of power parameters in frequency domain range 1 of P 0 = 12, α = 0.9, a set of power parameters in frequency domain range 2 of P 0 = 12, α = 0.8, and a set of power control parameters in frequency domain range 3 of P 0 = 12, α = 0.7. Power control parameter set 2 includes a set of power parameters in frequency domain range 1 of P 0 = 12, α = 0.8, a set of power parameters in frequency domain range 2 of P 0 = 12, α = 0.7, and a set of power control parameters in frequency domain range 3 of P 0 = 12, α = 0.7.
例如,第一信息指示的第一索引为1,那么第一通信装置确定第一功率控制参数集为上述表1中的功率控制参数集1。For example, if the first index indicated by the first information is 1, then the first communication device determines that the first power control parameter set is power control parameter set 1 in Table 1 above.
示例(2)、第一频域范围的信息包括第一频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种。Example (2): The information of the first frequency domain range includes at least two of the starting frequency, length and ending frequency of the first frequency domain range.
在示例(2)中,第一通信装置可根据第一频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种,确定第一频域范围。In example (2), the first communication device may determine the first frequency domain range based on at least two of a starting frequency, a length, and an ending frequency of the first frequency domain range.
在该方式中,第二通信装置可从多个功率控制参数集中灵活地确定出第一功率控制参数,并向第一通信装置通知第一功率控制参数集。并且,第一信息包括第一功率控制参数的第一索引,而不是包括第一功率控制参数,有利于减少第一信息占用的比特数。In this manner, the second communication device can flexibly determine the first power control parameter from a plurality of power control parameter sets and notify the first communication device of the first power control parameter set. In addition, the first information includes the first index of the first power control parameter instead of the first power control parameter, which is conducive to reducing the number of bits occupied by the first information.
示例(3),第一频域范围的信息包括一个比特位图(bitmap),所述比特位图指示所述第一频域范围。Example (3), the information of the first frequency domain range includes a bitmap, and the bitmap indicates the first frequency domain range.
示例性的,第一通信装置可根据第一频域范围对应的比特位图,确定第一频域范围。Exemplarily, the first communication device may determine the first frequency domain range according to a bit map corresponding to the first frequency domain range.
示例(4)、第一频域范围的信息包括第一频域范围的起始PRB的标识(ID),包括的PRB的数量 和结束PRB ID中的至少两项。其中,标识又可以称为索引。Example (4): The information of the first frequency domain range includes the identifier (ID) of the starting PRB of the first frequency domain range, the number of PRBs included and at least two of the end PRB ID. The identifier can also be called an index.
第二种、第一信息包括第一功率控制参数。Second, the first information includes a first power control parameter.
在本申请实施例中第一信息直接携带第一功率控制参数,即第一信息直接携带了N组功率控制参数。In the embodiment of the present application, the first information directly carries the first power control parameter, that is, the first information directly carries N groups of power control parameters.
作为一个示例,第一信息还可包括N组功率控制参数中的每组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息。频域范围的信息的内容可以参照前文的内容。As an example, the first information may further include information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters. The content of the frequency domain range information may refer to the content in the foregoing text.
在一种可能的实施方式中,N个频域范围中的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数的取值与该频域范围受到的干扰相关。In a possible implementation manner, a value of a group of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges is related to interference suffered by the frequency domain range.
示例性的,某个频域范围的一组功率控制参数与该频域范围受到的干扰正相关,换言之,某个频域范围受到的干扰越大,则该频域范围的一组功率控制参数越大,某个频域范围受到的干扰越小,则该频域范围的一组功率控制参数越小。Exemplarily, a set of power control parameters for a certain frequency domain range is positively correlated with the interference received by the frequency domain range. In other words, the greater the interference received by a certain frequency domain range, the larger the set of power control parameters for the frequency domain range; and the smaller the interference received by a certain frequency domain range, the smaller the set of power control parameters for the frequency domain range.
例如,频域范围1上受到的干扰比频域范围2上受到的干扰更大,那么根据频域范围1对应的一组功率控制参数计算得到的功率可比根据频域范围2对应的一组功率控制参数计算得到的功率更大。其中,干扰包括CLI。For example, if the interference received in frequency domain range 1 is greater than the interference received in frequency domain range 2, then the power calculated according to a set of power control parameters corresponding to frequency domain range 1 may be greater than the power calculated according to a set of power control parameters corresponding to frequency domain range 2. The interference includes CLI.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息还可用于指示第二子带的第二功率控制参数集,第二功率控制参数集包括第二子带包括的N个频域范围中的每个频域范围对应的功率控制参数集。In a possible implementation manner, the first information may also be used to indicate a second power control parameter set for the second subband, where the second power control parameter set includes a power control parameter set corresponding to each frequency domain range of the N frequency domain ranges included in the second subband.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一功率控制参数集包括的N组功率控制参数也对应第二子带包括的N个频域范围,其中,一组功率控制参数对应第二子带中的一个频域范围。换言之,第一子带的N个频域范围和第二子带的N个频域范围均对应第一功率控制参数集。可以进一步理解为,第一子带和第二子带均共享第一功率控制参数集。可以理解的是,第一功率控制参数集包括的N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数为第一子带包括的N个频域范围中的一个频域范围的一组功率控制参数,且所述N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数为第二子带包括的N个频域范围中的一个频域范围的一组功率控制参数。In another possible implementation, the N groups of power control parameters included in the first power control parameter set also correspond to the N frequency domain ranges included in the second sub-band, wherein a group of power control parameters corresponds to one frequency domain range in the second sub-band. In other words, the N frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band and the N frequency domain ranges of the second sub-band both correspond to the first power control parameter set. It can be further understood that the first sub-band and the second sub-band both share the first power control parameter set. It can be understood that one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters included in the first power control parameter set is a group of power control parameters for one frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters is a group of power control parameters for one frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges included in the second sub-band.
例如,第一子带包括频域范围1、频域范围2和频域范围3,第二子带包括频域范围4、5和6,第一功率控制参数集包括第一组功率控制参数、第二组功率控制参数和第三组功率控制参数,那么第一子带的频域范围1和第二子带的频域范围4可对应第一组功率控制参数;第一子带的频域范围2和第二子带的频域范围5可对应第二组功率控制参数;第一子带的频域范围3和第二子带的频域范围6可对应第三组功率控制参数。For example, the first subband includes frequency domain range 1, frequency domain range 2 and frequency domain range 3, the second subband includes frequency domain ranges 4, 5 and 6, and the first power control parameter set includes a first group of power control parameters, a second group of power control parameters and a third group of power control parameters. Then the frequency domain range 1 of the first subband and the frequency domain range 4 of the second subband can correspond to the first group of power control parameters; the frequency domain range 2 of the first subband and the frequency domain range 5 of the second subband can correspond to the second group of power control parameters; the frequency domain range 3 of the first subband and the frequency domain range 6 of the second subband can correspond to the third group of power control parameters.
S503、第一通信装置根据第一功率控制参数集,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率。为了便于区分,本申请实施例中将第一子带上发送信号的功率简称为发送功率,也可以称为发射功率。S503: The first communication device determines the power of sending signals on the first sub-band according to the first power control parameter set. For the sake of distinction, in the embodiment of the present application, the power of sending signals on the first sub-band is referred to as transmission power, which may also be referred to as transmit power.
在N等于第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的情况下,第一通信装置可根据N组功率控制参数,分别确定N个频域范围中的每个频域范围对应的功率分量,也就相当于确定了第一子带包括的多个频域范围分别对应的功率分量,获得N个功率分量。第一通信装置对N个功率分量进行求和处理,获得N个功率分量的求和结果,并根据N个功率分量的求和结果以及其他的功率调整量,从而获得第一通信装置在第一子带上发送信号的功率。In the case where N is equal to the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, the first communication device can determine the power component corresponding to each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges according to the N groups of power control parameters, which is equivalent to determining the power components corresponding to the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, and obtaining N power components. The first communication device sums the N power components to obtain the summed result of the N power components, and obtains the power of the first communication device to send the signal on the first sub-band according to the summed result of the N power components and other power adjustment amounts.
例如,一种确定发送功率具体如下公式(1)所示。
For example, a method for determining the transmission power is specifically shown in the following formula (1).
终端设备在激活的服务小区c包含的载波f中激活的上行BWP b上发送s信号,其中,The terminal device sends the s signal on the uplink BWP b activated in the carrier f included in the activated service cell c, where:
Ps,b,f,c(i,j,qd,l)表示发送功率;PCMAX,f,c(i)表示第一通信装置在传输时机i上服务小区c包含的载波f上的最大发送功率;PN表示多个功率分量的求和结果,单位为dBm;j表示第一功率控制参数集的第一索引;qd表示路径损耗值对应的参考信号的索引,l为功率控制调整状态的索引,ΔTF,b,f,c(i)为不同的MCS等级决定的功率偏置值;fb,f,c(i,l)为闭环功率控制部分,也可理解为发送功率的调整量;c可表示为第一通信装置服务的服务小区c,服务小区c为第二通信装置的小区;f表示第一子带对应的载波;b表示第一子带所在的BWP;s表示在第一子带上发送的信号。 P s,b,f,c (i,j,q d ,l) represents the transmit power; PCMAX,f,c (i) represents the maximum transmit power of the first communication device on the carrier f included in the service cell c at the transmission opportunity i; PN represents the sum of multiple power components, and the unit is dBm; j represents the first index of the first power control parameter set; qd represents the index of the reference signal corresponding to the path loss value, l is the index of the power control adjustment state, ΔTF ,b,f,c (i) is the power bias value determined by different MCS levels; fb,f,c (i,l) is the closed-loop power control part, which can also be understood as the adjustment amount of the transmit power; c can be represented as the service cell c served by the first communication device, and the service cell c is the cell of the second communication device; f represents the carrier corresponding to the first subband; b represents the BWP where the first subband is located; s represents the signal sent on the first subband.
其中,一种PN的计算公式示例如下。
An example of a calculation formula for PN is as follows.
其中,Pn表示多个频域范围中每个频域范围对应的功率分量,单位为dBm,K表示多个频域范围的数量。Wherein, Pn represents a power component corresponding to each frequency domain range in the multiple frequency domain ranges, in dBm, and K represents the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges.
其中,一种Pn的计算公式示例如下。
An example of a calculation formula for P n is as follows.
其中,表示多个频率范围中第n个频率范围中的p0和目标接收功率之和,表示第n个频率范围中的α,表示第n个频率范围调度包括的资源块(resource block,RB)的数量,Δf表示第一子带的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS),μ可根据第一子带的SCS确定。in, represents the sum of p0 and the target received power in the nth frequency range among the multiple frequency ranges, represents α in the nth frequency range, represents the number of resource blocks (RBs) included in the nth frequency range scheduling, Δf represents the subcarrier spacing (SCS) of the first subband, and μ can be determined according to the SCS of the first subband.
请参照下表6,为本申请实施例提供的一种μ和第一子带的SCS之间的对应关系。Please refer to Table 6 below, which is a correspondence between μ and the SCS of the first sub-band provided in an embodiment of the present application.
表6
Table 6
如上述表6所示,如果第一子带的SCS为15kHz,那么μ的取值为0;如果第一子带的SCS为30kHz,那么μ的取值为1;如果第一子带的SCS为60kHz,那么μ的取值为2;如果第一子带的SCS为120kHz,那么μ的取值为3;如果第一子带的SCS为240kHz,那么μ的取值为4。As shown in Table 6 above, if the SCS of the first sub-band is 15kHz, then the value of μ is 0; if the SCS of the first sub-band is 30kHz, then the value of μ is 1; if the SCS of the first sub-band is 60kHz, then the value of μ is 2; if the SCS of the first sub-band is 120kHz, then the value of μ is 3; if the SCS of the first sub-band is 240kHz, then the value of μ is 4.
在N小于第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的情况下,换言之,第一通信装置还未确定其他频域范围的功率控制参数。其他频域范围是指第一子带包括的多个频域范围中除了N个频域范围之外的频域范围。可选的,第一通信装置可将N组功率控制参数中的任一组功率控制参数确定为其他频域范围的功率控制参数,相当于第一通信装置获得了多组功率控制参数,多组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数对应第一子带包括的多个频域范围中的一个频域范围。第一通信装置可根据多组功率控制参数,确定第一通信装置在第一子带上发送信号的功率。其中,确定第一通信装置在第一子带上发送信号的功率的内容可参照前文的内容。In the case where N is less than the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, in other words, the first communication device has not yet determined the power control parameters of other frequency domain ranges. Other frequency domain ranges refer to frequency domain ranges other than the N frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. Optionally, the first communication device may determine any one of the N groups of power control parameters as the power control parameters of other frequency domain ranges, which is equivalent to the first communication device obtaining multiple groups of power control parameters, and one group of power control parameters in the multiple groups of power control parameters corresponds to one frequency domain range in the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. The first communication device may determine the power of the signal sent by the first communication device on the first sub-band based on the multiple groups of power control parameters. Among them, the content of determining the power of the signal sent by the first communication device on the first sub-band can refer to the content of the previous text.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第一通信装置可根据最大功率,以及在第一子带上发送信号的功率,确定第一通信装置的功率余量。
PHtype1,b,f,c(i,j,qd,l)=PCMAX,f,c(i)-Ps,b,f,c(i,j,qd,l)       (4)
In a possible implementation manner, the first communication device may determine the power headroom of the first communication device according to the maximum power and the power of the signal sent on the first sub-band.
PH type1,b,f,c (i,j,q d ,l)= PCMAX,f,c (i)-Ps ,b,f,c (i,j,q d ,l) (4)
其中,PHtype1,b,f,c(i,j,qd,l)表示功率余量。Among them, PH type1,b,f,c (i,j,q d ,l) represents the power margin.
请参照图6,为本申请实施例提供一种子带的多个频率范围的功率分量的分布示意图。在图6中以第一子带为子带2,且子带2用于上行传输,子带1用于下行传输,子带2包括频域范围a、频域范围b和频域范围c为例。如图6所示,第一通信装置根据第一功率控制参数集,分别确定在频域范围a对应的功率分量、频域范围b对应的功率分量、以及频域范围c对应的功率分量依次递减。由于频域范围a更靠近子带1,如果频域范围a对应的功率分量更大,那么可提升第一通信装置在频域范围a上的传输性能。Please refer to Figure 6, which provides a schematic diagram of the distribution of power components of multiple frequency ranges of a sub-band for an embodiment of the present application. In Figure 6, the first sub-band is sub-band 2, and sub-band 2 is used for uplink transmission, sub-band 1 is used for downlink transmission, and sub-band 2 includes frequency domain range a, frequency domain range b, and frequency domain range c as an example. As shown in Figure 6, the first communication device determines, according to the first power control parameter set, the power component corresponding to the frequency domain range a, the power component corresponding to the frequency domain range b, and the power component corresponding to the frequency domain range c in descending order. Since the frequency domain range a is closer to sub-band 1, if the power component corresponding to the frequency domain range a is larger, then the transmission performance of the first communication device in the frequency domain range a can be improved.
在一种可能的实施方式中,如果第一子带和第二子带共享第一功率控制参数集,那么第一通信装置可以确定在第二子带上发送信号的功率。其中,第一通信装置确定在第二子带上发送信号的功率的方式可以参照前文确定在第一子带上的发送信号的功率的内容。In a possible implementation, if the first subband and the second subband share the first power control parameter set, the first communication device may determine the power of the signal sent on the second subband. The manner in which the first communication device determines the power of the signal sent on the second subband may refer to the content of determining the power of the signal sent on the first subband in the foregoing text.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一信息还可用于指示第二子带的第二功率控制参数集,第二功率控制参数集包括第二子带包括的N个频域范围中的每个频域范围对应的功率控制参数集。那么第一通信装置可以确定在第二子带上发送信号的功率。其中,第一通信装置确定在第二子带上发送信号的功率的方式可以参照前文确定在第一子带上的发送信号的功率的内容。In another possible implementation, the first information may also be used to indicate a second power control parameter set for the second subband, where the second power control parameter set includes a power control parameter set corresponding to each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges included in the second subband. Then the first communication device may determine the power of the signal sent on the second subband. The manner in which the first communication device determines the power of the signal sent on the second subband may refer to the content of determining the power of the signal sent on the first subband in the previous text.
在本申请实施例中,第二通信装置可向第一通信装置指示第一子带的第一功率控制参数集(第一功 率控制参数集包括N组功率参数),且至少两个频域范围的功率控制参数是不同的,提高了功率控制参数的灵活性。并且,本申请实施例中为不同的频域范围配置不同的功率控制参数,相当于为一个子带的不同频域范围配置了不同的功率,这有利于第一通信装置降低不同频域范围受到的干扰的影响,有利于提升第一通信装置在第一子带的传输性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the second communication device may indicate to the first communication device a first power control parameter set (first power The rate control parameter set includes N groups of power parameters), and the power control parameters of at least two frequency domain ranges are different, which improves the flexibility of the power control parameters. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, different power control parameters are configured for different frequency domain ranges, which is equivalent to configuring different powers for different frequency domain ranges of a sub-band, which is beneficial for the first communication device to reduce the influence of interference on different frequency domain ranges, and is beneficial for improving the transmission performance of the first communication device in the first sub-band.
下面以图5中的第二信息是第一通信装置从第二通信装置接收的为例,对本申请实施例中的通信方法进行介绍。请参照图7,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。所述流程示意图包括以下步骤。The following takes the second information in Figure 5 as an example, which is received by the first communication device from the second communication device, as an example to introduce the communication method in the embodiment of the present application. Please refer to Figure 7, which is a flow chart of a communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application. The flow chart includes the following steps.
S701、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送能力信息(capability information)。相应的,第二通信装置接收来自第一通信装置的能力信息。能力信息指示第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。S701. A first communication device sends capability information to a second communication device. Correspondingly, the second communication device receives the capability information from the first communication device. The capability information indicates that the first communication device has the capability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a subband.
可选的,能力信息可指示第一通信装置在一个子带上最多支持N0个不同的功率控制参数,N0为大于2的整数。Optionally, the capability information may indicate that the first communication device supports a maximum of N0 different power control parameters on one subband, where N0 is an integer greater than 2.
第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力可描述为第一通信装置具有差异化功率控制的能力、功率控制能力、或差异化功率传输能力等。其中,一个子带例如为第一通信装置用于上行传输的任一子带。The ability of the first communication device to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a sub-band can be described as the first communication device having a differentiated power control capability, a power control capability, or a differentiated power transmission capability, etc. A sub-band is, for example, any sub-band used by the first communication device for uplink transmission.
示例性的,第一通信装置主动向第二通信装置发送能力信息。或者,第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送查询请求。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的查询请求。查询请求用于请求第一通信装置的能力。进而,第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送能力信息。Exemplarily, the first communication device actively sends capability information to the second communication device. Alternatively, the second communication device sends a query request to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives the query request from the second communication device. The query request is used to request the capability of the first communication device. Furthermore, the first communication device sends capability information to the second communication device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,能力信息包括第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一通信装置是否具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。In a possible implementation manner, the capability information includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the first communication device has the capability of using different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a sub-band.
示例性的,第二指示信息的取值为第一值,第一值表示第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力;或者,第二指示信息的取值为第二值,第二值表示第一通信装置不具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。第一值例如为1,第二值例如为0。Exemplarily, the value of the second indication information is a first value, and the first value indicates that the first communication device has the ability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a sub-band; or the value of the second indication information is a second value, and the second value indicates that the first communication device does not have the ability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a sub-band. The first value is, for example, 1, and the second value is, for example, 0.
可选的,在第二指示信息用于指示第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力的情况下,第二指示信息还可具体指示第一通信装置在一个子带上最多支持N0个不同的功率控制参数,N0为大于1的整数。Optionally, when the second indication information is used to indicate that the first communication device has the ability to adopt different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a subband, the second indication information may also specifically indicate that the first communication device supports a maximum of N0 different power control parameters on a subband, where N0 is an integer greater than 1.
例如,第二指示信息的取值为第一值,第一值表示第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力,并且第一通信装置具有在一个子带的N0个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。For example, the value of the second indication information is the first value, which indicates that the first communication device has the ability to adopt different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges in a subband, and the first communication device has the ability to adopt different power control parameters in N0 frequency domain ranges in a subband.
或者,能力信息包括第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示第一通信装置在一个子带上支持采用不同的功率控制参数的频域范围的数量N0。第三指示信息的取值为第三值,第三值表示第一通信装置具有在一个子带的N0个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。其中,第三值和第一值可以相同,或者不同。Alternatively, the capability information includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the number N0 of frequency domain ranges that the first communication device supports using different power control parameters on a subband. The value of the third indication information is a third value, and the third value indicates that the first communication device has the ability to use different power control parameters in N0 frequency domain ranges of a subband. The third value and the first value may be the same or different.
某些情况下,第二通信装置可不必获取第一通信装置的能力信息,即无需执行S701的步骤,即S701为可选的步骤,在图7中以虚线示意。某些情况例如,协议配置第一通信装置具有或者不具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。或者,第二通信装置已确定第一通信装置具有或者不具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。In some cases, the second communication device may not need to obtain the capability information of the first communication device, that is, it is not necessary to perform step S701, that is, S701 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG7. In some cases, for example, the protocol configures the first communication device to have or not have the ability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of a sub-band. Or, the second communication device has determined that the first communication device has or does not have the ability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of a sub-band.
S702、第二通信装置确定第一子带的多个频域范围。S702. The second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band.
其中,第一子带的内容、多个频域范围的内容、以及第二通信装置确定多个频域范围的方式均可参照前文的内容。The content of the first sub-band, the content of the multiple frequency domain ranges, and the method for the second communication device to determine the multiple frequency domain ranges can all refer to the above content.
S703、第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送信息1。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信息1。信息1又可以称为第二信息。第二信息指示多个第一索引,以及与多个第一索引中的每个第一索引对应的功率控制参数集(即多个功率控制参数集)。S703: The second communication device sends information 1 to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives information 1 from the second communication device. Information 1 may also be referred to as second information. The second information indicates a plurality of first indexes and a power control parameter set corresponding to each of the plurality of first indexes (i.e., a plurality of power control parameter sets).
第二信息也可理解为指示了多个第一索引与多个功率控制参数集之间的对应关系。多个第一索引的内容、以及多个功率控制参数的内容可参照前文的内容。The second information can also be understood as indicating the correspondence between the multiple first indexes and the multiple power control parameter sets. The content of the multiple first indexes and the content of the multiple power control parameters can refer to the content of the previous text.
示例性的,第二信息可被携带在第二信令中。第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送第二信令。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的第二信令,也就相当于第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信 息1。其中,第二信令例如为高层信号或专有信令,高层信令例如RRC信令。例如,第一子带用于传输承载在PUSCH上的上行信号,相应的,第二信息可被携带在RRC信令中的物理上行共享信道功率控制(PUSCH-PowerControl)信元中。Exemplarily, the second information may be carried in the second signaling. The second communication device sends the second signaling to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives the second signaling from the second communication device, which is equivalent to the first communication device receiving the signaling from the second communication device. Information 1. The second signaling is, for example, a high-level signal or a dedicated signaling, and the high-level signaling is, for example, an RRC signaling. For example, the first subband is used to transmit an uplink signal carried on a PUSCH, and accordingly, the second information may be carried in a physical uplink shared channel power control (PUSCH-PowerControl) information element in the RRC signaling.
作为一个示例,第二信息还指示多个功率控制参数集中每个功率控制参数集中的每组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息。其中,每组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息的内容可参照前文的内容。As an example, the second information further indicates information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each set of power control parameters in each power control parameter set in the multiple power control parameter sets. The content of the information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each set of power control parameters can refer to the content in the previous text.
请参照下表7,为本申请实施例提供的一种第二信息的一种示例。在表7中是以第二信息指示的频率范围的信息包括起始频率和长度进行示例。Please refer to the following Table 7, which is an example of second information provided in an embodiment of the present application. Table 7 is an example of the frequency range indicated by the second information, including the starting frequency and the length.
表7
Table 7
如上述表7所示,第二信息指示了两个功率控制参数集(具体如表7所示的功率控制参数集1和功率控制参数集2)。As shown in Table 7 above, the second information indicates two power control parameter sets (specifically, power control parameter set 1 and power control parameter set 2 shown in Table 7).
功率控制参数集1包括在一个频域范围[4.8GHz,4.81GHz]的一组功率参数为P0=12,α=0.9,在一个频域范围[4.81GHz,4.82GHz]的一组功率参数为P0=12,α=0.8,在一个频域范围[4.82GHz,4.83GHz]的一组功率控制参数为P0=12,α=0.7。Power control parameter set 1 includes a set of power parameters in a frequency domain range [4.8GHz, 4.81GHz]: P 0= 12, α=0.9, a set of power parameters in a frequency domain range [4.81GHz, 4.82GHz]: P 0= 12, α=0.8, and a set of power control parameters in a frequency domain range [4.82GHz, 4.83GHz]: P 0= 12, α=0.7.
功率控制参数集2包括在一个频域范围[4.8GHz,4.81GHz]的一组功率参数为P0=11,α=0.9,在频域范围[4.81GHz,4.82GHz]的一组功率参数为P0=12,α=0.8,在频域范围[4.82GHz,4.83GHz]的一组功率控制参数为P0=11,α=0.8。Power control parameter set 2 includes a set of power parameters in a frequency domain range [4.8GHz, 4.81GHz] of P 0= 11, α=0.9, a set of power parameters in a frequency domain range [4.81GHz, 4.82GHz] of P 0= 12, α=0.8, and a set of power control parameters in a frequency domain range [4.82GHz, 4.83GHz] of P 0= 11, α=0.8.
在一种可能的实施方式中,第二信息还指示至少一组功率控制参数,其中每组功率控制层参数为多个频域范围共享的一组功率控制参数。也就是说,如果第一通信装置采用至少一组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数确定功率,那么第一通信装置在第一子带的多个频域上的功率控制参数均为该组功率控制参数,即第一通信装置在第一子带的多个频域上的功率控制参数相同。为了简化表述,下文将第二信息还指示的这至少一组功率控制参数可称为K1组功率控制参数。K1为正整数。In a possible implementation, the second information further indicates at least one group of power control parameters, wherein each group of power control layer parameters is a group of power control parameters shared by multiple frequency domains. That is, if the first communication device uses a group of power control parameters in at least one group of power control parameters to determine power, then the power control parameters of the first communication device in multiple frequency domains of the first subband are all the group of power control parameters, that is, the power control parameters of the first communication device in multiple frequency domains of the first subband are the same. In order to simplify the expression, the at least one group of power control parameters also indicated by the second information may be referred to as K1 group of power control parameters below. K1 is a positive integer.
作为一个示例,第二信息可指示至少一个第三索引,以及至少一组功率控制参数。其中,至少一个第三索引中的一个第三索引与至少一组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数对应。As an example, the second information may indicate at least one third index and at least one set of power control parameters, wherein one third index in the at least one third index corresponds to one set of power control parameters in the at least one set of power control parameters.
上述S702和S703的执行顺序可以是任意的,例如,先执行S702,再执行S703;或者,先执行S703,再执行S702;或者,同时执行S702和S703。The execution order of the above S702 and S703 can be arbitrary, for example, S702 is executed first, and then S703; or S703 is executed first, and then S702; or S702 and S703 are executed at the same time.
在一种可能的实施方式中,S703为可选的步骤,在图7中以虚线示意。In a possible implementation manner, S703 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
S704、第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送信息2。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第一通信装置的信息2。信息2又可以称为第三信息。信息2指示N个第二索引,以及N个频域范围。信息2可相当于指示了N个第二索引与N个频域范围之间的对应关系。S704: The second communication device sends information 2 to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives information 2 from the first communication device. Information 2 may also be referred to as third information. Information 2 indicates N second indexes and N frequency domain ranges. Information 2 may be equivalent to indicating a correspondence between the N second indexes and the N frequency domain ranges.
信息2可指示N个频域范围时,可指示N个频域范围中的每个频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种,或者,信息2可通过N个比特位图指示N个频域范围。其中,一个比特位图对应一个频域范围。When information 2 can indicate N frequency domain ranges, it can indicate at least two of the starting frequency, length, and ending frequency of each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges, or information 2 can indicate the N frequency domain ranges through N bitmaps, wherein one bitmap corresponds to one frequency domain range.
在S704中是以第一通信装置从第二通信装置接收第二信息进行示例说明。In S704, an example is given in which the first communication device receives the second information from the second communication device.
在第二信息还指示多个功率控制参数集中每个功率控制参数集中的每组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的第二索引的情况下,第二通信装置可向第一通信装置指示信息2。例如,信息2可被携带在第三信令中。第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送第三信令。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的第三信令,也就相当于第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信息2。第三信令例如为高层信令或专有 信令。其中,第二信息的一种示例可如上述表5。In the case where the second information further indicates a second index of a frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in each power control parameter set in a plurality of power control parameter sets, the second communication device may indicate information 2 to the first communication device. For example, information 2 may be carried in a third signaling. The second communication device sends the third signaling to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives the third signaling from the second communication device, which is equivalent to the first communication device receiving information 2 from the second communication device. The third signaling is, for example, a high-level signaling or a proprietary signaling. Signaling. An example of the second information may be as shown in Table 5 above.
第一通信装置可自行确定N个频域范围,或者N个频域范围可以是协议预配置的,这种情况下,无需执行S704的步骤,即S704为可选的步骤,在图7中以虚线示意。The first communication device may determine N frequency domain ranges by itself, or the N frequency domain ranges may be preconfigured by the protocol. In this case, there is no need to execute step S704, that is, S704 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
S705、第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送信息3。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信息3。信息3又可以称为第一指示信息。信息3可指示N个频域范围的数量。S705: The second communication device sends information 3 to the first communication device. Correspondingly, the first communication device receives information 3 from the second communication device. Information 3 may also be referred to as first indication information. Information 3 may indicate the number of N frequency domain ranges.
在N个频域范围为第一子带的多个频域范围的情况下,第二通信装置可以向第一通信装置指示N个频域范围的数量,第一通信装置可根据N个频域范围的数量,以及第一子带的带宽(或长度)直接确定N个频域范围。其中,第一通信装置确定N个频域范围的方式可以参照前文论述的第二通信装置确定N个频域范围的内容。In the case where the N frequency domain ranges are multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band, the second communication device may indicate the number of the N frequency domain ranges to the first communication device, and the first communication device may directly determine the N frequency domain ranges according to the number of the N frequency domain ranges and the bandwidth (or length) of the first sub-band. The manner in which the first communication device determines the N frequency domain ranges may refer to the content of the second communication device determining the N frequency domain ranges discussed above.
示例性的,第一通信装置可接收来自第二通信装置的信息3,根据信息3以及第一对应关系,确定N个频域范围。其中,信息3指示第一子带包括的N个频域范围的数量。其中,第一对应关系的内容可以参照前文的内容。其中,第一通信装置确定N个频域范围的方式可以参照前文论述的第二通信装置确定N个频域范围的内容。Exemplarily, the first communication device may receive information 3 from the second communication device, and determine N frequency domain ranges according to information 3 and the first corresponding relationship. The information 3 indicates the number of N frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. The content of the first corresponding relationship may refer to the content of the previous text. The manner in which the first communication device determines the N frequency domain ranges may refer to the content of the second communication device determining the N frequency domain ranges discussed above.
或者,在第二对应关系中的子带的PRB的一个数量区间对应子带包括的多个频域范围的数量的多个取值的情况下,第一通信装置可接收来自第二通信装置的信息3,根据信息3以及第二对应关系,确定N个频域范围。其中,信息3指示第一子带包括的N个频域范围的数量。其中,第二对应关系的内容可以参照前文的内容。其中,第一通信装置确定N个频域范围的方式可以参照前文论述的第二通信装置确定N个频域范围的内容。Alternatively, in the case where a number interval of the PRBs of the subband in the second corresponding relationship corresponds to multiple values of the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the subband, the first communication device may receive information 3 from the second communication device, and determine N frequency domain ranges according to information 3 and the second corresponding relationship. Wherein, information 3 indicates the number of N frequency domain ranges included in the first subband. Wherein, the content of the second corresponding relationship can refer to the content of the previous text. Wherein, the way in which the first communication device determines the N frequency domain ranges can refer to the content of the second communication device determining the N frequency domain ranges discussed above.
作为一个示例,S705为可选的步骤,在图7中以虚线示意。As an example, S705 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 7 .
作为一个示例,信息3可被携带在第一信息中,这种情况下,第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送第一信息,也就相当于发送了信息3。As an example, information 3 may be carried in the first information. In this case, when the second communication device sends the first information to the first communication device, it is equivalent to sending information 3.
其中,S704和S705为第一通信装置确定N个频域范围的两种方式,第一通信装置可执行S704或S705。S704 and S705 are two ways for the first communication device to determine N frequency domain ranges, and the first communication device can execute S704 or S705.
S706、第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送信息4。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信息4。信息4又可以称为第一信息。信息4指示第一功率控制参数集。S706: The second communication device sends information 4 to the first communication device. Correspondingly, the first communication device receives information 4 from the second communication device. Information 4 may also be referred to as first information. Information 4 indicates a first power control parameter set.
信息4的内容、以及第二通信装置发送信息4的内容可参照前文的内容。The content of the message 4 and the content of the message 4 sent by the second communication device can refer to the above content.
在一种可能的实施方式中,信息4还指示第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。In a possible implementation manner, the information 4 further indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of the first sub-band.
例如,信息4可隐式地指示第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。在信息4指示的第一功率控制参数集包括N组功率控制参数的情况下,所述N等于所述第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量,相当于第二通信装置隐式指示了第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。For example, information 4 may implicitly indicate that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band. In the case where the first power control parameter set indicated by information 4 includes N groups of power control parameters, N is equal to the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, which is equivalent to the second communication device implicitly indicating that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
或者,所述N小于所述第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量,相当于第二通信装置隐式指示了第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用相同的功率控制参数。Alternatively, the N is smaller than the number of the multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, which is equivalent to the second communication device implicitly indicating that the first communication device adopts the same power control parameter in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
或者,所述信息4指示一组功率控制参数对应的频域范围为第一子带的频域范围,相当于第二通信装置隐式指示了第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用相同的功率控制参数。Alternatively, the information 4 indicates that the frequency domain range corresponding to a set of power control parameters is the frequency domain range of the first sub-band, which is equivalent to the second communication device implicitly indicating that the first communication device uses the same power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band.
作为一个示例,第二通信装置还可向第一通信装置发送信息5。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信息5。其中,信息5又可以称为第四信息。信息5用于指示第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。As an example, the second communication device may also send information 5 to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device receives information 5 from the second communication device. Information 5 may also be referred to as fourth information. Information 5 is used to indicate that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of the first subband.
可选的,信息5可被携带在信息4中,这种情况下,第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送信息3,也就相当于第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送了信息5。Optionally, information 5 may be carried in information 4. In this case, the second communication device sending information 3 to the first communication device is equivalent to the second communication device sending information 5 to the first communication device.
示例性的,信息5的取值为第三值,第三值指示第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。信息5的取值为第四值,第四值指示第一通信装置在第一子带的多个频域范围采用相同的功率控制参数。第三值例如为1,第四值例如为0。Exemplarily, the value of information 5 is a third value, and the third value indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band. The value of information 5 is a fourth value, and the fourth value indicates that the first communication device uses the same power control parameter in multiple frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band. The third value is, for example, 1, and the fourth value is, for example, 0.
可选的,信息5可被携带在高层信令中或者DCI中的新增字段或者DCI中的冗余比特中,下面分别介绍。Optionally, information 5 may be carried in higher layer signaling or in a newly added field in DCI or in redundant bits in DCI, which are respectively introduced below.
方式(1)、信息5被携带在高层信令或者DCI中的新增字段中。Method (1), information 5 is carried in a newly added field in the higher layer signaling or DCI.
示例性的,高层信令或者DCI中的新增字段的取值为第三值,则相当于信息5可显式地指示第一 通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。高层信令或者DCI中新增字段的取值为第四值,则相当于信息5指示第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用相同的功率控制参数,即相当于指示第一通信装置在第一子带的多个频域范围均采用同一组功率控制参数。Exemplarily, the value of the newly added field in the high-level signaling or DCI is the third value, which is equivalent to information 5 explicitly indicating the first The communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband. The value of the newly added field in the high-level signaling or DCI is the fourth value, which is equivalent to information 5 indicating that the first communication device uses the same power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband, that is, it is equivalent to indicating that the first communication device uses the same set of power control parameters in multiple frequency domain ranges of the first subband.
或者,如果高层信令或者DCI包括新增字段,则指示第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。如果高层信令或者DCI中不包括新增字段,则指示第一通信装置在第一子带的至少两个频域范围不采用不同的功率控制参数,即相当于指示第一通信装置在第一子带的多个频域范围均采用同一组功率控制参数。Alternatively, if the high-level signaling or DCI includes a newly added field, it indicates that the first communication device uses different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband. If the high-level signaling or DCI does not include a newly added field, it indicates that the first communication device does not use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband, which is equivalent to indicating that the first communication device uses the same set of power control parameters in multiple frequency domain ranges of the first subband.
方式(2)、信息5被携带在DCI中的冗余比特中。Method (2): Information 5 is carried in the redundant bits in the DCI.
下面对DCI中可能的冗余比特进行介绍。The following is an introduction to possible redundant bits in DCI.
一个BWP的频域中包含子带1和子带2,在第一时间单元上,子带1用于上行传输,子带2用于下行传输,在第二时间单元上,子带1和子带2均用于上行传输,其中,时间单元的含义可参照前文论述的内容。BWP的频域包括个PRB,起始的PRB的索引为每个RBG最多包含P个PRB,所述P根据及来自第二通信装置的高层信令决定,其中,BWP包括的RBG的数量为 其中,第一个RBG包含的RB个数为最后一个RBG包含的PRB个数为或者其他RBG包含的PRB个数为P。The frequency domain of a BWP includes subband 1 and subband 2. In the first time unit, subband 1 is used for uplink transmission and subband 2 is used for downlink transmission. In the second time unit, both subband 1 and subband 2 are used for uplink transmission. The meaning of the time unit can be referred to the content discussed above. The frequency domain of a BWP includes PRBs, the index of the starting PRB is Each RBG contains at most P PRBs, where P is based on and determined by high-level signaling from the second communication device, wherein the number of RBGs included in the BWP is Among them, the number of RBs contained in the first RBG is The number of PRBs contained in the last RBG is and or and The number of PRBs contained in other RBGs is P.
其中,第n个RBG包含的最后一个PRB的索引小于第n+1个RBG包含的第一个PRB的索引,n为正整数。The index of the last PRB included in the nth RBG is less than the index of the first PRB included in the (n+1)th RBG, and n is a positive integer.
在一个时间单元上,DCI可采用NRBG个比特位图指示类型(type)0的上行资源分配方式,NRBG表示本次用于上行传输的RBG的数量。type 0的上行资源分配方式是指一个时间单元上对应的不连续或连续的多个RBG用于上行传输。所述比特位图中的第n个比特用于指示第n个RBG是否用于上行传输。例如,第n比特为1,则表示第n个RBG用于上行传输,第n比特为0,则表示第n个RBG不用于上行传输。换言之,这种方式中,DCI需要采用至少NRBG个比特才能指示类型(type)0的上行资源分配方式。In one time unit, DCI may use an N RBG bitmap to indicate an uplink resource allocation method of type 0, where N RBG represents the number of RBGs used for uplink transmission this time. The uplink resource allocation method of type 0 means that a plurality of discontinuous or continuous RBGs corresponding to one time unit are used for uplink transmission. The nth bit in the bitmap is used to indicate whether the nth RBG is used for uplink transmission. For example, if the nth bit is 1, it indicates that the nth RBG is used for uplink transmission, and if the nth bit is 0, it indicates that the nth RBG is not used for uplink transmission. In other words, in this method, DCI needs to use at least N RBG bits to indicate an uplink resource allocation method of type 0.
本申请实施例可以是针对第一时间单元上的功率控制,在第一时间单元中,第一子带所在的PRB可用于上行传输,因此用于上行传输的RBG的个数可能小于NRBG,换言之,DCI可以用于指示上行传输的RGB所需的比特的数量小于NRBG,换言之,DCI会存在冗余比特,因此第二通信装置可采用DCI中的冗余比特承载上述信息4。An embodiment of the present application may be for power control on a first time unit. In the first time unit, the PRB where the first subband is located can be used for uplink transmission, so the number of RBGs used for uplink transmission may be less than N RBG . In other words, DCI can be used to indicate that the number of bits required for RGB of uplink transmission is less than N RBG . In other words, DCI will have redundant bits, so the second communication device can use the redundant bits in DCI to carry the above information 4.
请参照图8,为一种DCI指示用于本次上行传输的多个RBG的示意图。如图8所示,BWP包括对应10RBG,具体如图8中所示的RBG0-RBG9,第二通信装置确定RBG0-RBG2和RBG5-RBG7可用于本次上行传输,因此确定RBG0-RBG2和RBG5-RBG7对应的取值为1。相应的,第一通信装置接收DCI之后,可确定RBG0-RBG2和RBG5-RBG7可用于本次上行传输。另外,从图8中可以看出DCI使用了10个比特指示第一通信装置本次用于上行传输的RBG。Please refer to Figure 8, which is a schematic diagram of a DCI indicating multiple RBGs used for this uplink transmission. As shown in Figure 8, the BWP includes corresponding 10 RBGs, specifically RBG0-RBG9 as shown in Figure 8. The second communication device determines that RBG0-RBG2 and RBG5-RBG7 can be used for this uplink transmission, so it determines that the corresponding values of RBG0-RBG2 and RBG5-RBG7 are 1. Correspondingly, after the first communication device receives the DCI, it can be determined that RBG0-RBG2 and RBG5-RBG7 can be used for this uplink transmission. In addition, it can be seen from Figure 8 that the DCI uses 10 bits to indicate the RBG used by the first communication device for uplink transmission this time.
请参照图9,为一个BWP上一种DCI指示用于本次上行传输的多个RBG的示意图。BWP包括对应10个RBG,在第一时间单元中,子带1包含RBG3-RBG 5,子带2包括RBG0-RBG 2,子带3包括RBG7-RBG 9,如图9所示此时可用于上行传输的RBG包括RBG3-RBG6,这种情况下,DCI只需采用4个比特指示这四个资源块组中用于本次上行传输的RBG,由此可见,DCI中还存在6个冗余比特,因此在本申请实施例中可利用这6个冗余比特中的一个或多个比特承载信息4。Please refer to Figure 9, which is a schematic diagram of a DCI on a BWP indicating multiple RBGs used for this uplink transmission. The BWP includes 10 corresponding RBGs. In the first time unit, subband 1 includes RBG3-RBG 5, subband 2 includes RBG0-RBG 2, and subband 3 includes RBG7-RBG 9. As shown in Figure 9, the RBGs that can be used for uplink transmission at this time include RBG3-RBG6. In this case, the DCI only needs to use 4 bits to indicate the RBGs used for this uplink transmission in these four resource block groups. It can be seen that there are 6 redundant bits in the DCI. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, one or more of the 6 redundant bits can be used to carry information 4.
在DCI中指示type 1的上行资源分配方式时,DCI可采用频域资源分配(frequency domain resource allocation,FDRA)的字段指示个PRB中本次用于上行传输的PRB。在FDRA的方式下,DCI可指示连续的几个PRB用于上行传输,DCI指示用于本次上行传输的PRB所需的比特数与BWP的带宽相关。本申请实施例中的一个时间单元对应用于上行传输的资源块的数量可能更少,因此DCI中会存在冗余比特,因此第二通信装置可采用DCI中冗余比特承载信息4。When indicating the uplink resource allocation mode of type 1 in DCI, DCI may use the frequency domain resource allocation (FDRA) field indication The PRB used for uplink transmission this time among the PRBs. In the FDRA mode, the DCI may indicate that several consecutive PRBs are used for uplink transmission, and the number of bits required for the PRBs indicated by the DCI for this uplink transmission is related to the bandwidth of the BWP. In the embodiment of the present application, the number of resource blocks corresponding to one time unit for uplink transmission may be smaller, so there will be redundant bits in the DCI, so the second communication device may use the redundant bits in the DCI to carry information 4.
例如,一个BWP包括的RB的数量为个,那么DCI指示用于本次上行传输的RBG所需的比特数可表示为:由于本申请实施例在第一时间单元上用于上行传输的PRB 数小于因此DCI也存在冗余比特。For example, the number of RBs included in a BWP is Then the number of bits required for DCI to indicate the RBG used for this uplink transmission can be expressed as: Since the PRB used for uplink transmission in the first time unit in the embodiment of the present application Number is less than Therefore, DCI also has redundant bits.
在一种可能的实施方式中,如果第一通信装置不支持在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力,或者第二通信装置确定第一通信装置在第一子带上的不同频域范围可采用同一组功率控制参数,那么第二通信装置可向第一通信装置发送信息6。相应的,第一通信装置可接收来自第二通信装置的信息6。信息6又可以称为第五信息。信息6用于指示至少一个组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数,即信息6指示的是K1组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数。In a possible implementation, if the first communication device does not support the ability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of a sub-band, or the second communication device determines that the first communication device can use the same set of power control parameters in different frequency domain ranges of the first sub-band, then the second communication device can send information 6 to the first communication device. Accordingly, the first communication device can receive information 6 from the second communication device. Information 6 can also be referred to as fifth information. Information 6 is used to indicate a set of power control parameters in at least one group of power control parameters, that is, information 6 indicates a set of power control parameters in the K1 group of power control parameters.
作为一个示例,信息6包括K1组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数的第三索引。As an example, the information 6 includes a third index of a group of power control parameters in the K1 group of power control parameters.
可选的,信息6还可指示第一通信装置在第一子带包括的多个频域范围采用相同的功率控制参数。Optionally, the information 6 may also instruct the first communication device to use the same power control parameter in multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
上述可能的实施方式与S706的过程可以视为两种情况,即要么执行S706,要么执行上述可能的实施方式。The above possible implementation manner and the process of S706 can be regarded as two situations, that is, either S706 is executed, or the above possible implementation manner is executed.
S707、第一通信装置根据第一功率控制参数集,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率。S707. The first communication device determines the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to the first power control parameter set.
其中,第一通信装置根据第一功率控制参数集,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率的内容可参照前文的内容。The content of the first communication device determining the power of sending a signal on the first sub-band according to the first power control parameter set can refer to the content of the previous text.
在一种可能的实施方式中,如果第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信息6,那么第一通信装置可根据信息6指示的一组功率控制参数,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率。In a possible implementation manner, if the first communication device receives the information 6 from the second communication device, the first communication device may determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameters indicated by the information 6 .
例如,一种根据信息6指示的一组功率控制参数,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率的计算公式如下。
For example, a calculation formula for determining the power of a signal transmitted on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameters indicated by information 6 is as follows.
其中,公式(5)中的各个字母的含义可参照前文的内容,表示第一子带的p0和目标接收功率之和。The meaning of each letter in formula (5) can be found in the previous text. represents the sum of p 0 and the target received power of the first subband.
在另一种可能的实施方式中,如果N小于第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量,第一通信装置可根据K1组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率。为了简化描述,本申请实施例将至少一组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数称为第一组功率控制参数。其中,第一通信装置确定第一组功率控制参数的方式可以是任意的。例如,第一通信装置可以从K1组功率控制参数中随机选择一组功率控制参数。In another possible implementation, if N is less than the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band, the first communication device may determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameters in the K1 group of power control parameters. In order to simplify the description, the embodiment of the present application refers to a set of power control parameters in at least one set of power control parameters as the first set of power control parameters. The manner in which the first communication device determines the first set of power control parameters may be arbitrary. For example, the first communication device may randomly select a set of power control parameters from the K1 group of power control parameters.
在本申请实施例中,第二通信装置可向第一通信装置指示多个功率控制参数集,第二通信装置可根据实际情况向第一通信装置指示第一功率控制参数集,提高功率控制参数的灵活性。并且,第一通信装置还可向第二通信装置指示能力信息,使得第二通信装置可以确定第一通信装置支持在至少两个频域范围采用不同功率控制参数的能力,避免第二通信装置指示第一功率控制参数集,第一通信装置却无法使用第一功率控制参数集的情况。In the embodiment of the present application, the second communication device may indicate multiple power control parameter sets to the first communication device, and the second communication device may indicate the first power control parameter set to the first communication device according to the actual situation, thereby improving the flexibility of the power control parameters. In addition, the first communication device may also indicate capability information to the second communication device, so that the second communication device can determine the capability of the first communication device to support the use of different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains, thereby avoiding the situation where the second communication device indicates the first power control parameter set but the first communication device cannot use the first power control parameter set.
为了提高配置功率控制参数的灵活性,本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,在该通信方法中,第二通信装置可向第一通信装置发送指示第一功率控制参数集的第一信息,第一功率控制参数集包括N组功率控制参数,N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数对应一个子带(如第一子带)包括的N个频域范围,第一通信装置可根据N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率,由于可供第一通信装置选择的功率控制参数更多,因此有利于提高指示的功率控制参的灵活性。In order to improve the flexibility of configuring power control parameters, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, in which a second communication device may send first information indicating a first power control parameter set to a first communication device, the first power control parameter set including N groups of power control parameters, one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters corresponding to N frequency domain ranges included in a subband (such as the first subband), and the first communication device may determine the power of the signal sent on the first subband based on one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters. Since there are more power control parameters available for the first communication device to choose from, it is beneficial to improve the flexibility of the indicated power control parameters.
请参照图10,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该流程示意图包括如下步骤。Please refer to Figure 10, which is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The flow chart includes the following steps.
S1001、第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送能力信息。相应的,第二通信装置接收来自第一通信装置的能力信息。能力信息指示第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。S1001. A first communication device sends capability information to a second communication device. Correspondingly, the second communication device receives capability information from the first communication device. The capability information indicates that the first communication device has the capability to use different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a subband.
其中,能力信息的内容、第一通信装置发送能力信息的方式均可参照前文的内容。The content of the capability information and the method for the first communication device to send the capability information may refer to the above content.
作为一个示例,S1001为可选的步骤,在图10中以虚线示意。As an example, S1001 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
S1002、第二通信装置确定第一子带的多个频域范围。S1002. The second communication device determines multiple frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band.
其中,第一子带的内容、多个频域范围的内容、以及确定多个频域范围的方式均可参照前文的内容。The content of the first sub-band, the content of the multiple frequency domain ranges, and the method of determining the multiple frequency domain ranges can all refer to the content of the previous text.
S1003、第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送信息1。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置 的信息1。信息1指示多个第一索引,以及N个频域范围。信息1又可以称为第二信息。S1003: The second communication device sends information 1 to the first communication device. Correspondingly, the first communication device receives information 1 from the second communication device. Information 1. Information 1 indicates multiple first indexes and N frequency domain ranges. Information 1 can also be called second information.
其中,信息1的内容、多个第一索引的内容、多个频域范围的内容、以及第二通信装置发送信息1的方式均可参照前文的内容。The content of the information 1, the content of the multiple first indexes, the content of the multiple frequency domain ranges, and the way in which the second communication device sends the information 1 can all refer to the previous content.
作为一个示例,S1003为可选的步骤,在图10中以虚线示意。As an example, S1003 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
S1004、第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送信息2。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信息2。信息2指示N个第二索引,以及N个频域范围。信息2又可以称为第三信息。S1004: The second communication device sends information 2 to the first communication device. Correspondingly, the first communication device receives information 2 from the second communication device. Information 2 indicates N second indexes and N frequency domain ranges. Information 2 may also be referred to as third information.
其中,信息2的内容、多个第二索引的内容、N个频域范围的内容、以及第二通信装置发送信息2的方式均可参照前文的内容。The content of the information 2, the content of the multiple second indexes, the content of the N frequency domain ranges, and the way in which the second communication device sends the information 2 can all refer to the previous content.
作为一个示例,S1003和S1004的执行顺序可以是任意的,例如,先执行S1003,再执行S1004;或者,先执行S1004,再执行S1003;或者,同时执行S1003和S1004。As an example, the execution order of S1003 and S1004 may be arbitrary, for example, S1003 is executed first, and then S1004; or S1004 is executed first, and then S1003; or S1003 and S1004 are executed simultaneously.
作为一个示例,S1004为可选的步骤,在图10中以虚线示意。As an example, S1004 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
S1005、第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送信息3。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信息3。信息3指示N个频域范围的数量。S1005: The second communication device sends information 3 to the first communication device. Correspondingly, the first communication device receives information 3 from the second communication device. Information 3 indicates the number of N frequency domain ranges.
其中,信息3的内容可参照前文论述的内容。Among them, the content of information 3 can refer to the content discussed in the previous article.
作为一个示例,S1005为可选的步骤,在图10中以虚线示意。As an example, S1005 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
作为一个示例,S1004和S1005为第一通信装置确定N个频域范围的两种方式,第一通信装置可执行S1004或S1005。As an example, S1004 and S1005 are two ways for the first communication device to determine N frequency domain ranges, and the first communication device may execute S1004 or S1005.
S1006、第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送信息4。相应的,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的信息4。信息4指示第一功率控制参数集。信息4又可以称为第一信息。S1006: The second communication device sends information 4 to the first communication device. Correspondingly, the first communication device receives information 4 from the second communication device. Information 4 indicates a first power control parameter set. Information 4 may also be referred to as first information.
其中,信息4的内容、第一功率控制参数集的内容、第二通信装置发送信息4的方式均可参照前文的内容。The content of the information 4, the content of the first power control parameter set, and the manner in which the second communication device sends the information 4 may all refer to the previous content.
S1007、第一通信装置确定N小于第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。S1007. The first communication device determines that N is smaller than the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
第一通信装置根据信息4,获得第一功率控制参数集,也就能获得N组功率控制参数,第一通信装置可确定N组功率控制参数的数量N小于第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。换言之,第一通信装置相当于确定信息4指示了多个频域范围中部分频域对应的功率控制参数。The first communication device obtains the first power control parameter set according to information 4, and thus obtains N groups of power control parameters. The first communication device may determine that the number N of the N groups of power control parameters is less than the number of multiple frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band. In other words, the first communication device is equivalent to determining that information 4 indicates power control parameters corresponding to some frequency domains in the multiple frequency domain ranges.
作为一个示例,S1007为可选的步骤,在图10中以虚线示意。As an example, S1007 is an optional step, which is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 10 .
S1008、第一通信装置根据第一功率控制参数集中的一组功率控制参数集,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率。为了简化描述,本申请实施例中将第一功率控制参数集中的一组功率控制参数集称为第二组功率控制参数。S1008. The first communication device determines the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to a set of power control parameter sets in the first power control parameter set. To simplify the description, in the embodiment of the present application, a set of power control parameter sets in the first power control parameter set is referred to as a second set of power control parameters.
下面对第一通信装置确定第二组功率控制参数的方式进行介绍。The following describes the manner in which the first communication device determines the second set of power control parameters.
1、第一通信装置将第一功率控制参数集中选择中心频率最大的一个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数确定为第二组功率控制参数。1. The first communication device selects a group of power control parameters corresponding to a frequency domain range with the largest center frequency from the first power control parameter set and determines it as the second group of power control parameters.
第一功率控制参数集包括N组功率控制参数,N组功率控制参数中的一组功率控制参数对应一个频率范围,在该方式中,第一通信装置可确定N个频域范围中的每个频域范围的中心频率,并将中心频率最大的一个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数作为第二功率控制参数。The first power control parameter set includes N groups of power control parameters, and one group of power control parameters in the N groups of power control parameters corresponds to a frequency range. In this manner, the first communication device can determine the center frequency of each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges, and use a group of power control parameters corresponding to the frequency domain range with the largest center frequency as the second power control parameters.
2、第一通信装置将第一功率控制参数集中选择中心频率最小的一个频率范围对应的一组功率控制参数确定为第二组功率控制参数。2. The first communication device selects a group of power control parameters corresponding to a frequency range with the smallest center frequency from the first power control parameter set and determines it as the second group of power control parameters.
第一通信装置可确定N个频域范围中的每个频域范围的中心频率,并将中心频率最小的一个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数作为第二功率控制参数。The first communication device may determine the center frequency of each frequency domain range in the N frequency domain ranges, and use a set of power control parameters corresponding to a frequency domain range with the smallest center frequency as the second power control parameters.
第一通信装置可根据第二组功率控制参数,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率。其中,根据第二组功率控制参数,确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率的方式可参照前文根据信息5指示的一组功率控制参数确定在第一子带上发送信号的功率的内容。The first communication device may determine the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to the second set of power control parameters. The method of determining the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to the second set of power control parameters may refer to the content of determining the power of sending the signal on the first sub-band according to a set of power control parameters indicated by information 5 in the previous text.
上述1和2是对确定第二组功率控制参数的方式进行示例说明,实际上第一通信装置确定第二组功率控制参数的方式还有多种,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。The above 1 and 2 are examples of the method for determining the second set of power control parameters. In fact, there are many other methods for the first communication device to determine the second set of power control parameters, and the embodiments of the present application do not make specific limitations on this.
在本申请实施例中,第二通信装置可向第一通信装置指示第一功率控制参数集,第一通信装置可灵活地选择其中第一功率控制参数集中的一组功率控制参数进行功率计算,从而提高功率控制参数的灵活性。并且,第一通信装置每次选择的功率控制参数可能是不同的,因此也就提高了第一通信装置确定的功率的随机性,在一定程度上也有利于提高第一通信装置的传输性能。 In the embodiment of the present application, the second communication device may indicate the first power control parameter set to the first communication device, and the first communication device may flexibly select a set of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set for power calculation, thereby improving the flexibility of the power control parameters. In addition, the power control parameters selected by the first communication device each time may be different, thereby improving the randomness of the power determined by the first communication device, which is also beneficial to improving the transmission performance of the first communication device to a certain extent.
请参照图11,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
如图11所示,通信装置1100包括收发模块1101和处理模块1102。As shown in FIG. 11 , the communication device 1100 includes a transceiver module 1101 and a processing module 1102 .
在本申请实施例中,通信装置1100可用于实现第一通信装置的功能,例如图5或7中的第一通信装置的功能。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 1100 may be used to implement the function of a first communication device, such as the function of the first communication device in FIG. 5 or 7 .
例如,收发模块1101可用于执行S502的步骤;处理模块1102可用于执行S503的步骤。For example, the transceiver module 1101 may be used to execute step S502; and the processing module 1102 may be used to execute step S503.
又例如,收发模块1101可用于执行S706的步骤;处理模块1102可用于执行S707的步骤。可选的,收发模块1101还可用于执行S701、S703、S704和S705的步骤。For another example, the transceiver module 1101 may be used to execute step S706, and the processing module 1102 may be used to execute step S707. Optionally, the transceiver module 1101 may also be used to execute steps S701, S703, S704, and S705.
请参照图12,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
如图12所示,通信装置1200包括收发模块1201和处理模块1202。As shown in FIG. 12 , the communication device 1200 includes a transceiver module 1201 and a processing module 1202 .
在本申请实施例中,通信装置1200可用于实现第二通信装置的功能,例如图5或图7中的第二通信装置的功能。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 1200 may be used to implement the function of a second communication device, such as the function of the second communication device in FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 .
例如,收发模块1201可用于执行S502的步骤;处理模块1202可用于执行S503的步骤。For example, the transceiver module 1201 may be used to execute step S502; and the processing module 1202 may be used to execute step S503.
又例如,收发模块1201可用于执行S706的步骤;处理模块1202可用于执行S702的步骤。可选的,收发模块1201还可用于执行S701、S703、S704和S705的步骤。For another example, the transceiver module 1201 may be used to execute step S706, and the processing module 1202 may be used to execute step S702. Optionally, the transceiver module 1201 may also be used to execute steps S701, S703, S704, and S705.
请参照图13,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 13 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
如图13所示,通信装置1300包括收发模块1301和处理模块1302。As shown in FIG. 13 , the communication device 1300 includes a transceiver module 1301 and a processing module 1302 .
在本申请实施例中,通信装置1300可用于实现第一通信装置的功能,例如图10中的第一通信装置的功能。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 1300 may be used to implement the function of a first communication device, such as the function of the first communication device in FIG. 10 .
例如,收发模块1301用于执行S1006的步骤,处理模块1302用于执行S1008的步骤。可选的,收发模块1301可用于执行S1001和S1003-S1006的步骤。For example, the transceiver module 1301 is used to execute step S1006, and the processing module 1302 is used to execute step S1008. Optionally, the transceiver module 1301 can be used to execute steps S1001 and S1003-S1006.
请参照图14,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 14 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
如图14所示,通信装置1400包括收发模块1401和处理模块1402。As shown in FIG. 14 , the communication device 1400 includes a transceiver module 1401 and a processing module 1402 .
在本申请实施例中,通信装置1400可用于实现第二通信装置的功能,例如图10中的第二通信装置的功能。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 1400 may be used to implement the function of a second communication device, such as the function of the second communication device in FIG. 10 .
例如,收发模块1401可用于执行S1006的步骤;处理模块1402可用于实现S1002的步骤。可选的,收发模块1401还可用于实现S1001和S1003-S1006的步骤。For example, the transceiver module 1401 may be used to execute step S1006, and the processing module 1402 may be used to implement step S1002. Optionally, the transceiver module 1401 may also be used to implement steps S1001 and S1003-S1006.
请参照图15,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 15 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
如图15所示,通信装置1500包括处理器1510和通信接口1520。处理器1510和通信接口1520之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,通信接口1520可以为收发器或输入输出接口。其中,处理器1510和通信接口1520可实现前文图5、图7或图10中第一通信装置实现的任一所述的通信方法。As shown in FIG. 15 , the communication device 1500 includes a processor 1510 and a communication interface 1520. The processor 1510 and the communication interface 1520 are coupled to each other. It is understood that the communication interface 1520 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface. The processor 1510 and the communication interface 1520 may implement any of the communication methods implemented by the first communication device in FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 or FIG. 10 .
处理器1510可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。Processor 1510 may be a central processing unit (CPU), other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
可选的,通信装置1500还可以包括存储器1530,用于存储处理器1510执行的指令或存储处理器1510运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器1510运行指令后产生的数据。Optionally, the communication device 1500 may further include a memory 1530 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1510 or storing input data required for the processor 1510 to execute instructions or storing data generated after the processor 1510 executes instructions.
可选的,处理器1510用于实现上述处理模块1102的功能,通信接口1520用于实现上述收发模块1101的功能。Optionally, the processor 1510 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1102, and the communication interface 1520 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1101.
可选的,处理器1510用于实现上述处理模块1302的功能,通信接口1520用于实现上述收发模块1301的功能。Optionally, the processor 1510 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1302, and the communication interface 1520 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1301.
请参照图16,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 16 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
如图16所示,通信装置1600包括处理器1610和通信接口1620。处理器1610和通信接口1620之间相互耦合。处理器1610的实现方式可以参照前文处理器1510的内容。可以理解的是,通信接口1620可以为收发器或输入输出接口。其中,处理器1610和通信接口1620可实现前文图5、图7或图10中第二通信装置实现的任一所述的通信方法。As shown in FIG16 , the communication device 1600 includes a processor 1610 and a communication interface 1620. The processor 1610 and the communication interface 1620 are coupled to each other. The implementation of the processor 1610 can refer to the content of the processor 1510 in the previous text. It can be understood that the communication interface 1620 can be a transceiver or an input-output interface. Among them, the processor 1610 and the communication interface 1620 can implement any of the communication methods implemented by the second communication device in FIG5 , FIG7 or FIG10 in the previous text.
可选的,通信装置1600还可以包括存储器1630,用于存储处理器1610执行的指令或存储处理器1610运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器1610运行指令后产生的数据。Optionally, the communication device 1600 may further include a memory 1630 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1610 or storing input data required for the processor 1610 to execute instructions or storing data generated after the processor 1610 executes instructions.
可选的,处理器1610用于实现上述处理模块1202的功能,通信接口1620用于实现上述收发模块 1201的功能。Optionally, the processor 1610 is used to implement the functions of the processing module 1202, and the communication interface 1620 is used to implement the transceiver module Functions of 1201.
可选的,处理器1610用于实现上述处理模块1402的功能,通信接口1620用于实现上述收发模块1401的功能。Optionally, the processor 1610 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned processing module 1402, and the communication interface 1620 is used to implement the functions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 1401.
本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括:处理器和接口。其中,该处理器用于从该接口调用并运行指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,实现前文任一的通信方法,例如,上述图5、图7或图10中任一项所述的通信方法。The embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, which includes: a processor and an interface. The processor is used to call and run instructions from the interface, and when the processor executes the instructions, any of the above communication methods is implemented, for example, any of the communication methods described in FIG. 5, FIG. 7 or FIG. 10.
本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序或指令,当其被运行时,实现前文任一的通信方法,例如,上述图5、图7或图10中任一项所述的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is used to store computer programs or instructions. When the computer-readable storage medium is executed, it implements any of the communication methods described above, for example, the communication method described in any of Figures 5, 7 or 10 above.
本申请实施例提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,实现前文任一的通信方法,例如,上述图5、图7或图10中任一项所述的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which, when executed on a computer, implements any of the communication methods described above, for example, the communication method described in any one of FIG. 5 , FIG. 7 , or FIG. 10 .
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于基站或终端中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于基站或终端中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or by a processor executing software instructions. The software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory, an erasable programmable read-only memory, an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory, a register, a hard disk, a mobile hard disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium can also be a component of the processor. The processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in a base station or a terminal. Of course, the processor and the storage medium can also be present in a base station or a terminal as discrete components.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质,或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instruction is loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user device or other programmable device. The computer program or instruction may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instruction may be transmitted from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that integrates one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium, for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape; it may also be an optical medium, for example, a digital video disc; it may also be a semiconductor medium, for example, a solid-state hard disk. The computer-readable storage medium may be a volatile or nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified or provided in a logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between the different embodiments are consistent and may be referenced to each other, and the technical features in the different embodiments may be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。 It is understood that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for the convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一通信装置,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first communication device, the method comprising:
    接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数;Receive first information from a second communication device, where the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, where the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in a first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send a signal, and N is an integer greater than 1;
    根据所述第一功率控制参数集,确定在所述第一子带上发送所述信号的功率。The power for sending the signal on the first subband is determined according to the first power control parameter set.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述第二通信装置的第二信息,所述第二信息指示多个第一索引,以及多个功率控制参数集,其中,所述多个第一索引中的一个第一索引与所述多个功率控制参数集中的一个功率控制参数集对应,所述多个功率控制参数集中的一个功率控制参数集包括所述N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率参数;其中,所述第一信息包括与所述第一功率控制参数集对应的一个第一索引,所述多个功率控制参数集包括所述第一功率控制参数集。Receive second information from the second communication device, the second information indicating multiple first indexes and multiple power control parameter sets, wherein a first index among the multiple first indexes corresponds to a power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets, and a power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets includes a group of power parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of the N frequency domain ranges; wherein the first information includes a first index corresponding to the first power control parameter set, and the multiple power control parameter sets include the first power control parameter set.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还指示所述多个功率控制参数集中每个功率控制参数集中的每组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息。The method according to claim 2 is characterized in that the second information also indicates information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in each power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的第二索引;和/或,The method according to claim 3, characterized in that the information of the frequency domain range includes a second index of the frequency domain range; and/or,
    所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种。The information of the frequency domain range includes at least two of a start frequency, a length, and an end frequency of the frequency domain range.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的第二索引时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, characterized in that when the information of the frequency domain range includes a second index of the frequency domain range, the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述第二通信装置的第三信息,所述第三信息指示N个第二索引,以及所述N个频率范围,所述N个第二索引的一个第二索引与所述N个频率范围的一个频域范围对应。Third information is received from the second communication device, where the third information indicates N second indexes and the N frequency ranges, and one second index of the N second indexes corresponds to one frequency domain range of the N frequency ranges.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述第一通信装置在所述第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。The method according to any one of claims 1-5 is characterized in that the first information also includes fourth information, and the fourth information indicates that the first communication device adopts different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息被承载在下行控制信息中,所述第四信息被承载在所述下行控制信息中的冗余比特中。The method according to claim 6 is characterized in that the first information is carried in downlink control information, and the fourth information is carried in redundant bits in the downlink control information.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在根据所述第一功率控制参数集,确定在所述第一子带上发送所述信号的功率之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that before determining, according to the first power control parameter set, the power for sending the signal on the first subband, the method further comprises:
    确定所述N等于所述第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。The N is determined to be equal to the number of the plurality of frequency domain ranges included in the first sub-band.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    向所述第二通信装置发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。Capability information is sent to the second communication device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the first communication device has the capability of using different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of a sub-band.
  10. 根据权利要求2-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还指示至少一组功率控制参数,所述至少一组功率控制参数中的每组功率控制参数为所述多个频域范围共享的一组功率控制参数。The method according to any one of claims 2-5 is characterized in that the second information also indicates at least one set of power control parameters, and each set of power control parameters in the at least one set of power control parameters is a set of power control parameters shared by the multiple frequency domain ranges.
  11. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第二通信装置,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a second communication device, the method comprising:
    确定第一子带的多个频域范围;determining a plurality of frequency domain ranges of a first subband;
    向第一通信装置发送第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于所述多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述N为大于1的整数。A first information is sent to a first communication device, wherein the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, wherein the first power control parameter set includes a group of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to the multiple frequency domain ranges, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges of the multiple frequency domain ranges, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    向所述第一通信装置发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示多个第一索引,以及多个功率控制参数集,所述多个第一索引中的一个第一索引与所述多个功率控制参数集中的一个功率控制参数集对应,所述多个功率控制参数集中的一个功率控制参数集包括所述N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率参数;其中,所述第一信息包括与所述第一功率控制参数集对应的第一索引,所述多个功率控制参数集包括所述第一功率控制参数集。Sending second information to the first communication device, the second information indicating multiple first indexes and multiple power control parameter sets, one first index among the multiple first indexes corresponds to one power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets, and one power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets includes a group of power parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of the N frequency domain ranges; wherein the first information includes a first index corresponding to the first power control parameter set, and the multiple power control parameter sets include the first power control parameter set.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还指示所述多个功率控制参数集中每个功率控制参数集中的每组功率控制参数对应的频域范围的信息。 The method according to claim 12 is characterized in that the second information also indicates information about the frequency domain range corresponding to each group of power control parameters in each power control parameter set among the multiple power control parameter sets.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的第二索引;和/或,The method according to claim 13, characterized in that the information of the frequency domain range includes a second index of the frequency domain range; and/or,
    所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的起始频率、长度和结束频率中的至少两种。The information of the frequency domain range includes at least two of a start frequency, a length, and an end frequency of the frequency domain range.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述频域范围的信息包括所述频域范围的第二索引时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, characterized in that when the information of the frequency domain range includes a second index of the frequency domain range, the method further comprises:
    向所述第一通信装置发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示N个第二索引,以及所述N个频率范围,所述N个第二索引的一个第二索引与所述N个频率范围的一个频域范围对应。Third information is sent to the first communication device, where the third information indicates N second indexes and the N frequency ranges, and one second index of the N second indexes corresponds to one frequency domain range of the N frequency ranges.
  16. 根据权利要求11-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述第一通信装置在所述第一子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数。The method according to any one of claims 11-15 is characterized in that the first information includes fourth information, and the fourth information indicates that the first communication device adopts different power control parameters in at least two frequency domain ranges of the first subband.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息被承载在下行控制信息中,所述第四信息被承载在所述下行控制信息的冗余比特中。The method according to claim 16 is characterized in that the first information is carried in downlink control information, and the fourth information is carried in redundant bits of the downlink control information.
  18. 根据权利要求11-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述第一通信装置的能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示所述第一通信装置具有在一个子带的至少两个频域范围采用不同的功率控制参数的能力。Capability information is received from the first communication device, where the capability information is used to indicate that the first communication device has the capability of using different power control parameters in at least two frequency domains of a sub-band.
  19. 根据权利要求12-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还指示至少一组功率控制参数,所述至少一组功率控制参数中的每组功率控制参数为所述多个频域范围共享的一组功率控制参数。The method according to any one of claims 12-15 is characterized in that the second information also indicates at least one set of power control parameters, and each set of power control parameters in the at least one set of power control parameters is a set of power control parameters shared by the multiple frequency domain ranges.
  20. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一通信装置中,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first communication device, the method comprising:
    接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数;Receive first information from a second communication device, where the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, where the first power control parameter set includes a set of power control parameters corresponding to each of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in a first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges in the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send a signal, and N is an integer greater than 1;
    根据所述第一功率控制参数集中的一组功率控制参数,确定在所述第一子带上发送信号的功率。The power of sending a signal on the first subband is determined according to a set of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,在根据所述第一功率控制参数集中的一组功率控制参数,确定在所述第一子带上发送信号的功率之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20, characterized in that before determining the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to a set of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set, the method further comprises:
    确定所述N小于所述第一子带包括的多个频域范围的数量。The N is determined to be smaller than the number of frequency domain ranges included in the first subband.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    收发模块,用于接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数;A transceiver module, configured to receive first information from a second communication device, wherein the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, wherein the first power control parameter set includes a group of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in a first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges of the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send a signal, and N is an integer greater than 1;
    处理模块,用于根据所述第一功率控制参数集,确定在所述第一子带上发送所述信号的功率。A processing module is used to determine the power of sending the signal on the first subband according to the first power control parameter set.
  23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    处理模块,用于确定第一子带的多个频域范围;A processing module, configured to determine a plurality of frequency domain ranges of a first sub-band;
    收发模块,用于向第一通信装置发送第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于所述多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述N为大于1的整数。A transceiver module is used to send first information to a first communication device, where the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, where the first power control parameter set includes a group of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to the multiple frequency domain ranges, and there is no overlap between any two of the multiple frequency domain ranges, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    收发模块,用于接收来自第二通信装置的第一信息,所述第一信息指示第一功率控制参数集,所述第一功率控制参数集包括N个频域范围的每个频域范围对应的一组功率控制参数,且所述N个频域范围的至少两个频域范围对应的功率控制参数不同,所述N个频域范围属于第一子带包括的多个频域范围,所述多个频域范围中的任意两个频域范围不存在重叠,所述第一子带用于发送信号,所述N为大于1的整数;A transceiver module, configured to receive first information from a second communication device, wherein the first information indicates a first power control parameter set, wherein the first power control parameter set includes a group of power control parameters corresponding to each frequency domain range of N frequency domain ranges, and the power control parameters corresponding to at least two frequency domain ranges of the N frequency domain ranges are different, the N frequency domain ranges belong to multiple frequency domain ranges included in a first sub-band, and there is no overlap between any two frequency domain ranges of the multiple frequency domain ranges, the first sub-band is used to send a signal, and N is an integer greater than 1;
    处理模块,用于根据所述第一功率控制参数集中的一组功率控制参数,确定在所述第一子带上发送信号的功率。A processing module is used to determine the power of sending a signal on the first subband according to a set of power control parameters in the first power control parameter set.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的 其它装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路执行代码指令实现如权利要求1-21任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to receive a signal from another device outside the communication device and transmit it to the processor or to send a signal from the processor to another device outside the communication device. In other devices, the processor executes code instructions through a logic circuit to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 21.
  26. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述指令被计算设备集群运行时,使得所述计算设备集群执行如权利要求1-21任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions, characterized in that when the instructions are executed by a computing device cluster, the computing device cluster executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 21.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1-21任一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 21 is implemented.
PCT/CN2023/121983 2022-09-30 2023-09-27 Communication method and device WO2024067690A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211213952.2A CN117812719A (en) 2022-09-30 2022-09-30 Communication method and device
CN202211213952.2 2022-09-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024067690A1 true WO2024067690A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90426241

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/121983 WO2024067690A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2023-09-27 Communication method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117812719A (en)
WO (1) WO2024067690A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150085677A1 (en) * 2013-09-20 2015-03-26 Blackberry Limited Systems and methods for band-limited subframes in wireless networks
WO2020030159A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Power control method and apparatus, receiving device, and storage medium
US20210392674A1 (en) * 2020-06-10 2021-12-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink power control for full duplex communication
CN114641963A (en) * 2019-11-14 2022-06-17 高通股份有限公司 Configuration for full duplex communication system
CN115039369A (en) * 2020-02-07 2022-09-09 高通股份有限公司 Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) enhancement

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150085677A1 (en) * 2013-09-20 2015-03-26 Blackberry Limited Systems and methods for band-limited subframes in wireless networks
WO2020030159A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Power control method and apparatus, receiving device, and storage medium
CN114641963A (en) * 2019-11-14 2022-06-17 高通股份有限公司 Configuration for full duplex communication system
CN115039369A (en) * 2020-02-07 2022-09-09 高通股份有限公司 Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) enhancement
US20210392674A1 (en) * 2020-06-10 2021-12-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink power control for full duplex communication

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117812719A (en) 2024-04-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3834569B1 (en) Method and apparatus for generating mac pdu
US8532030B2 (en) Techniques for initiating communication in a wireless network
TW201815109A (en) Methods and apparatus for indicating and implementing of new UE capability
WO2018228500A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting scheduling information
JP7027440B2 (en) Uplink transmission method, device, terminal device, access network device and system
WO2019214523A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021244299A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2019223558A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2020098715A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019095977A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2024067690A1 (en) Communication method and device
US20220132559A1 (en) Method and device based on duplicate data transmission
CN112996114B (en) Resource scheduling method, device, equipment and storage medium
WO2019157628A1 (en) Information transmission method, communication device, and storage medium
WO2024067617A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus
WO2024067184A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022027676A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN111586819B (en) Uplink guaranteed power information sending and receiving method and equipment
WO2024011632A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2024067186A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022110245A1 (en) Resource indication method and apparatus
JP7284303B2 (en) UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD, DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE AND SYSTEM
WO2024099173A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023134678A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2017185235A1 (en) Transmission resource configuration method, access device, and terminal